{"title":"Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eRed Sea is the global authority in reef aquarium systems, renowned for pioneering the complete reef environment concept. Every Red Sea product — from their iconic REEFER and MAX aquarium systems to precision reef salts, supplements, and test kits — is the result of decades of dedicated marine research and innovation. Trusted by professional reef keepers and serious marine hobbyists throughout Australia, Red Sea products are engineered to replicate natural reef chemistry with extraordinary accuracy, supporting the long-term health of corals, fish, and invertebrates at the highest level.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"red-sea-max-e-s-reefer-downflow-valve-diaphragm","title":"Red Sea MAX E\/S\/Reefer Downflow Valve Diaphragm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea spare — keep your downflow valve sealing properly.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the replacement diaphragm for the downflow valve fitted to Red Sea MAX E, MAX S and REEFER systems — genuine Red Sea part R40370-V4.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e — the small rubber diaphragm that seals and regulates the downflow valve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores proper valve regulation\u003c\/strong\u003e — a stiffened or split diaphragm is a common cause of a downflow valve that won't hold a stable level or runs noisy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple DIY swap\u003c\/strong\u003e — no need to replace the entire valve body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea part R40370-V4 is used in the downflow valve across the MAX E-series, MAX S-series and REEFER ranges. Red Sea's specific parts diagrams (by exact model and generation) weren't accessible from the manufacturer's site at the time this page was written — if you're not certain of your exact model and generation, send it to us before ordering and we'll confirm against Red Sea's parts records.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the downflow valve assembly on Red Sea MAX and REEFER systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other brands' overflow valves — it's a direct-fit Red Sea part, not a generic diaphragm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitting notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe downflow valve assembly is removed from the valve body to access the diaphragm — Red Sea's cleaning and adjustment guide for the downflow valve covers the same disassembly steps. Rubber parts age even when they still look intact, so replacing the diaphragm during routine maintenance is worth doing ahead of a failure rather than after a noisy overflow shows up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know if my diaphragm needs replacing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA downflow valve that won't hold a stable water level, needs constant micro-adjustment, or has become noisy are the usual signs — though a stuck or dirty valve body can cause the same symptoms, so it's worth cleaning the valve first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to remove the whole valve to fit this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the valve assembly comes out of the body to access the diaphragm, the same disassembly Red Sea describes for cleaning and adjusting the valve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eNot sure if this fits my system — what should I do?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSend us your exact model and generation before ordering and we'll confirm fitment against Red Sea's parts records.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774151282979,"sku":"MAX72e","price":27.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-max-e-s-reefer-downf-46119438123299.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-e-s-reefer-ato-float-valve","title":"Red Sea MAX E\/S\/Reefer ATO Float Valve","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA mechanical fail-safe your ATO shouldn't be without.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ATO Float Valve is a simple mechanical float that shuts off top-up water at your set level — genuine Red Sea part R40373, fitted across the MAX E, MAX S and REEFER ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurely mechanical\u003c\/strong\u003e — no electronics to glitch. Water rises, the float rises, the valve closes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks standalone or as a backup\u003c\/strong\u003e — pair it behind an electronic ATO as a physical backstop against a stuck solenoid or a failed sensor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — direct-fit replacement, not a generic float valve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects against salinity crashes and overflow\u003c\/strong\u003e — the two failure modes an unattended ATO risks most.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea part R40373 is used across the MAX E-series, MAX S-series and REEFER ranges. Red Sea's specific parts diagrams (by exact model and generation) weren't accessible from the manufacturer's site at the time this page was written, so if you're not certain your system takes this exact valve, send us your model and generation — Reefer, MAX E or MAX S, and the size — before ordering and we'll confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 x ATO float valve assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the valve only — it does not include tubing, a reservoir, or an electronic ATO controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine and reef systems using Red Sea's MAX or REEFER top-off plumbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e systems without Red Sea's ATO reservoir\/plumbing layout — it's a direct-fit part, not a universal float valve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse the float and valve body periodically to clear salt creep and calcium build-up, which is the most common cause of a float valve sticking open or closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this as my only ATO control?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — it works standalone as a purely mechanical top-off control, though many reefers run it behind an electronic ATO as a backup rather than as the primary control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know if my current float valve has failed?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA sump that keeps overflowing or a top-off reservoir that never seems to draw down are both signs the float isn't sealing — usually from calcium build-up rather than a broken part.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eNot sure if this fits my system — what should I do?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSend us your exact model and generation before ordering and we'll confirm fitment against Red Sea's parts records.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774151315747,"sku":"MAX72h","price":112.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-max-e-s-reefer-ato-f-43876662116643.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefgate-valve-upgrade-kit","title":"Red Sea Reefgate Valve Upgrade Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurns your overflow downpipe into a silent, shut-off-ready drain line.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea ReefGate Valve Upgrade Kit retrofits Red Sea's precision ReefGate gate valve into the downpipe of a REEFER G2 or Peninsula system. It's the same valve Red Sea now fits as standard on every REEFER G3 — this kit brings it to earlier G2-generation plumbing. Two kit versions are sold, matched to 32 mm (1\") or 40 mm (1¼\") downpipe, so the pipe lengths and reducers are already correct for your plumbing rather than something you have to source separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision ReefGate valve\u003c\/strong\u003e — an ergonomic handwheel moves the gate roughly 1 mm per rotation, giving fine enough control to tune a downpipe from a rushing trickle down to silent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive shut-off\u003c\/strong\u003e — close the valve fully to isolate the downpipe for maintenance without draining the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-plastic, reef-safe construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — nothing in the flow path that leaches into the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched kit contents\u003c\/strong\u003e — pipe lengths, reducers and unions sized to your downpipe diameter, sold as two separate kit versions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard on every REEFER G3\u003c\/strong\u003e — if you're on a G2 or Peninsula and want the same quiet, isolatable overflow, this kit is how you get it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValve adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGate valve, approx. 1 mm of travel per handwheel rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReef-safe plastic throughout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea REEFER G2 (170–900) and Peninsula systems with 32 mm or 40 mm downpipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlready fitted on\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER G3, as standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e32 mm \/ 1\" kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e40 mm \/ 1¼\" kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX72u\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX72v\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDownpipe section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112 mm length, 32 mm PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e106 mm length, 40 mm PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElbow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°, 32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°, 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReefGate valve\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm (1¼\") valve body, reduced to 32 mm via fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm (1¼\") valve body, native fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReducers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 40 mm-to-32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 40 mm-to-32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 40 mm, 1 x 32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtra pipe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 32 mm pipes, 46 mm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 40 mm pipe (48.5 mm), 1 x 32 mm pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the outside diameter of the pipe leaving your overflow chamber before ordering — 32 mm and 40 mm are Red Sea's two common downpipe sizes, and the wrong kit's reducers won't line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefGate valve (40 mm \/ 1¼\" body, both kit versions)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe sections, elbow, reducer(s) and union(s) sized to the selected kit version, listed in the table above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePVC solvent cement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe-cutting tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting instructions — Red Sea's kit doesn't include a step-by-step cutting guide, so budget for a confident DIYer or a professional install if you haven't solvent-welded aquarium plumbing before\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for REEFER G2 and Peninsula owners on 32 mm or 40 mm downpipe who want fine flow tuning or a proper shut-off point in the overflow line. Not needed on REEFER G3, which ships with the ReefGate valve already fitted. Not a confirmed fit for non-Red Sea sumps or third-party plumbing on other pipe diameters — measure first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeing all-plastic, the valve doesn't need lubrication; if the handwheel becomes stiff, a light rinse to clear any salt creep from the thread is usually enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation involves cutting into pressurised drain plumbing — isolate or drain down the relevant section first, and have towels and a bucket ready for residual water in the pipe run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Small parcel item, ships standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size downpipe do I have?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the outside diameter of the pipe below your overflow chamber. 32 mm (1\") and 40 mm (1¼\") are Red Sea's two common sizes on Reefer and Peninsula systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to drain the display to fit this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot the display itself, but expect some water loss from the section of plumbing you're cutting into — have a bucket and towels ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this already fitted on my system?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you own a REEFER G3, yes — it ships fitted as standard. G2 and Peninsula systems don't have it fitted and need this kit to add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I install this myself?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're comfortable cutting and solvent-welding PVC pipe, yes. Red Sea's kit doesn't include cutting instructions, so if you haven't done this before, a professional install is the safer option.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"32mm \/ 1\" Piping","offer_id":54774151348515,"sku":"MAX72u","price":328.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40mm \/ 1 1\/4\" Piping","offer_id":55335334347043,"sku":"MAX72v","price":383.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefgate-valve-upgra-43138336358691.webp?v=1790237816"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-e-s-cabinet-hinge-set-of-4","title":"Red Sea MAX Nano\/E\/S Cabinet Hinge (set of 4)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea hinges to fix a cabinet door that's started to sag or grind.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the factory replacement hinge set for Red Sea MAX Nano, MAX E and MAX S cabinet doors — four hinges, the correct gauge and thread for the cabinet's particleboard, so the door sits square and closes properly again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part R40383\u003c\/strong\u003e — the correct replacement, not a generic hardware-store substitute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet of four\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough to do one full door, or to replace a mismatched pair on each side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits MAX Nano, MAX E and MAX S cabinets\u003c\/strong\u003e — the compact all-in-one systems, not the larger Reefer range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard screwdriver fitting\u003c\/strong\u003e — no special tools, no cabinet disassembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGenuine part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR40383\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano, MAX E, MAX S cabinets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrewdriver, no special tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hinge set is specific to the MAX Nano, MAX E and MAX S cabinet range. It is not the hinge used on Red Sea's Reefer or Reefer MAX cabinets, which use a different door and hinge design. If you're not sure which system you have, check the model name on the cabinet's rating label or the aquarium's original invoice before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea MAX Nano, MAX E and MAX S cabinet doors that are sagging, misaligned, or have a hinge that's corroded, cracked or seized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reefer, Reefer MAX, or non-Red Sea cabinetry — the hinge pattern won't match.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard spare parts warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships from Nick's Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium, North Lakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to replace all four hinges at once?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's not compulsory, but it is recommended. Mixing a new hinge with three worn ones on the same door usually leaves the door slightly out of alignment, since the worn hinges have already started to sag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit a Reefer cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This hinge is sized and threaded for the MAX Nano, MAX E and MAX S cabinet range only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat tools do I need to fit these?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA standard Phillips-head screwdriver. No cabinet disassembly is required — the door can usually stay on while you swap the hinges one at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774151414051,"sku":"MAX73q","price":168.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-max-nano-e-s-cabinet-43876662149411.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-s-main-pump-7000lph","title":"Red Sea MAX S Main Pump 7000lph","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA genuine Red Sea replacement main pump for the MAX S series.\u003c\/strong\u003e The main pump is the return pump: it sends filtered water from the sump (the filtration compartment in the cabinet) back up to the display tank, so the whole system depends on it running. This is the pump Red Sea sells as the MAX S Main Pump 7000.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea spare part\u003c\/strong\u003e for MAX S aquarium systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacement impeller available:\u003c\/strong\u003e we also list the MAX S Main Pump 7000 Impeller (the spinning part that moves the water) on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePart: main (return) pump, MAX S Main Pump 7000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits: Red Sea MAX S series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable as a replacement for the original main pump on a Red Sea MAX S. Other Red Sea systems use different pumps (the MAX E, for example, comes with a Sicce return pump), so check the label on your existing pump before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRun the pump from an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet, unplug it before putting your hands in the sump, and never run it dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774151446819,"sku":"MAX81","price":816.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-max-s-main-pump-7000lph-016547.webp?v=1790230711"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-s-main-pump-7000-impeller","title":"Red Sea MAX S Main Pump 7000 Impeller","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea impeller to stop a rattling, underperforming MAX S return pump.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the factory replacement impeller for the Red Sea MAX S Main Pump 7000 — the main return pump fitted to MAX S-400, S-500 and S-650 systems. A worn or calcified impeller is the most common reason a MAX S pump gets noisy or loses flow before the motor itself ever fails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part R50471\u003c\/strong\u003e — the correct impeller for the MAX S Main Pump 7000, not a generic equivalent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCures rattle and vibration\u003c\/strong\u003e caused by a worn or coralline-encrusted impeller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores rated flow\u003c\/strong\u003e to the pump's designed 7,000 L\/h output at zero head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDIY service part\u003c\/strong\u003e — swaps in during a routine pump clean without removing the pump housing from the sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGenuine part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR50471\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX S Main Pump 7000 (MAX S-400, S-500, S-650)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow restored\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7,000 L\/h at zero head (manufacturer rating)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIY, no tools beyond the pump's own release clips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis impeller is specific to the MAX S Main Pump 7000 — the main return pump built into every MAX S-400, S-500 and S-650 system. It is not the impeller used in the MAX S circulation pumps, the MAX E or MAX Nano pumps, or the ReefRun range. If your pump housing isn't marked \"7000\" or you're unsure which pump is fitted, check against the part diagram in your system's manual before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e a MAX S Main Pump 7000 that's rattling, vibrating, running louder than usual, or delivering visibly less return flow than when new.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e a pump that has stopped completely — check the motor and capacitor first, since a seized motor won't be fixed by a new impeller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarine systems calcify impellers faster than freshwater ones. Pull the impeller and clean coralline and calcium build-up off the shaft and magnet at every filter service, rather than waiting for a rattle to appear — it's the build-up, not age, that wears the shaft bearing early.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard spare parts warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships from Nick's Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium, North Lakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know if it's the impeller and not the pump motor?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rattle, a whine, or reduced flow with the motor still spinning normally usually points to the impeller. A pump that hums but doesn't spin, or doesn't respond at all, points to the motor or capacitor instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I replace the impeller?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish a fixed interval — it depends on water chemistry and how often the pump is cleaned. Keeping a spare on hand is the practical approach, since a return pump is the one part a reef system can't be without overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to drain the sump to fit it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pump housing lifts clear of the sump for servicing; the impeller then pulls straight out of the housing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774151479587,"sku":"MAX81a","price":397.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-max-s-main-pump-7000-impeller-049315.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-cube-g2-excl-cabinet","title":"Red Sea MAX Nano Cube G2 excl cabinet","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA reef system built into the aquarium, in a 45 cm cube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea MAX Nano Cube G2 is an all-glass reef aquarium with its lighting, circulation, skimming and auto top-off already fitted into a built-in rear sump chamber. It's the compact, plug-and-play way into reef keeping Red Sea's MAX range is built around — ready to plumb in, not a shopping list of separate equipment to assemble. This listing is the aquarium and its equipment; the matching cabinet and a heater are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in rear sump chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — filtration, skimmer, pump and auto top-off run out of sight behind the display, so the display panel itself stays clear glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless 8 mm ultra-clear glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — high-clarity front and side panels with no frame breaking up the view.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 50 lighting included\u003c\/strong\u003e — a WiFi-controlled, full-spectrum LED fixture on its own mounting arm, run from the ReefBeat app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSicce 950 L\/h return pump\u003c\/strong\u003e — drives circulation through the display without a separate powerhead to plumb in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkimmer and auto top-off already plumbed in\u003c\/strong\u003e — both sit in the rear chamber, wired and ready, rather than bought and fitted separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear sump volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 45 × 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm ultra-clear, rimless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSicce, 950 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50, WiFi \/ ReefBeat app control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX NANO Reef-Spec, 180 L\/h water flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAuto top-off reservoir\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFiltration media supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225-micron filter bag, sponge, 200 g reef-spec carbon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the aquarium and its built-in rear sump chamber, the Sicce 950 L\/h return pump, the MAX NANO Reef-Spec protein skimmer, the ReefLED 50 light on its mounting arm, the automatic top-off system with 1.5 L reservoir, and the starting filter media (filter bag, sponge and carbon).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cabinet, a heater, the NanoMat auto-advance fleece roller filter, and the ReefATO+ upgrade kit with temperature monitoring. Salt, rock, sand and livestock are never included on any aquarium listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich MAX Nano do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the Cube G2 — the smallest and most square of the three MAX Nano G2 models. If you want a wider display in a similar footprint, the Peninsula G2 holds 25 L more water and is viewable from three sides. If you want meaningfully more water and stronger flow, the XL G2 steps up to 125 L and a 1,550 L\/h pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFootprint (tank only)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal system volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn pump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProtein skimmer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAuto top-off reservoir\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCabinet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano Cube G2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 45 × 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSicce, 950 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano Reef-Spec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano Peninsula G2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 58.5 × 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSicce, 950 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano XL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold separately, or as a cabinet bundle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano XL G2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 60 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSicce, 1,550 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano XL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold separately, or as a cabinet bundle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea rates the included ReefLED 50 at roughly 500 µmol beneath the lens at the water surface, falling to around 100 µmol at 50 cm depth — comfortable intensity for the shallow water column of a 45 cm cube, including SPS coral placed high in the aquascape. The Sicce return pump is rated at 950 L\/h before head loss through the rear chamber's own plumbing; expect a noticeably lower figure at the outlet, as with any pump measured before its own circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a first reef system, a desk or office nano, or an experienced reefer after a low-footprint SPS or softie display without building a sump from scratch. Not suitable if the plan is a deep sand bed and a real fish load — 62 L of display water keeps stocking to a genuinely nano bioload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Mains-powered components are configured for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian supply. Ships as a boxed aquarium and equipment set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the MAX Nano Cube G2 come with a cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — this listing is the aquarium and its equipment only. Red Sea's matching cabinet for the Cube G2 is sold separately and isn't interchangeable with the Peninsula or XL cabinets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a heater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A heater isn't included on any MAX Nano G2 model — choose one rated for a system under 100 L, sized to how cold your room gets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's already plumbed in?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe return pump, protein skimmer and auto top-off all sit in the rear sump chamber and arrive already plumbed and wired. Setup is filling with saltwater and running a cable to a powerpoint, not assembling filtration from parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I add a bigger light later?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, though the included ReefLED 50 already covers SPS-level PAR at nano cube depths — most owners who upgrade do it for coverage or aesthetics rather than intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for a beginner?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The built-in filtration and skimmer remove the biggest early hurdles in reef keeping. You'll still need to cycle the tank, mix and test saltwater, and stay on top of top-offs and water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774151512355,"sku":"MAX150","price":1400.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-max-nano-cube-g2-exc-43876662182179.webp?v=1790239005"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-circulation-pump","title":"Red Sea MAX Nano Circulation Pump","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe genuine circulation pump for your Red Sea MAX Nano.\u003c\/strong\u003e This factory replacement pump — Red Sea part R40589EUR — delivers 950 litres per hour at 16 W, matched to the MAX Nano Cube and Peninsula configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e950 L\/h flow at 16 W\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same output as the pump your MAX Nano shipped with.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect-fit replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e — correct size and fittings, no modification needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e230–240 V, 50 Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Australian-market voltage version of this pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps circulation and filtration working as designed\u003c\/strong\u003e — corals fed, oxygen moving, detritus kept in suspension for the filter to catch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR40589EUR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230–240 V, 50 Hz (AU mains)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano — Cube and Peninsula configurations, G1 and G2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis pump fits the MAX Nano Cube and Peninsula, generations G1 and G2. It does not fit the MAX Nano XL or XXL, which use a different, higher-output circulation pump. If you're not sure which MAX Nano configuration you have, check the model plate on your cabinet or send us your details before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea MAX Nano Cube and Peninsula systems, marine and reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e MAX Nano XL\/XXL, or non-Red Sea systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReduced flow, unusual noise or a pump that's struggling to start are usually calcium build-up rather than a failed motor — soak the pump in a citric acid solution before condemning it. If the impeller itself is worn but the motor is fine, Red Sea also sells the impeller as a standalone spare, which is the cheaper fix where it applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 16 W run continuously, this pump uses roughly 140 kWh a year — a fraction of the running cost of most other equipment on a reef tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know if I need this pump or just a new impeller?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf flow is weak but the pump still runs smoothly once cleaned, the impeller is the more likely — and cheaper — fix. Replace the full pump when the motor itself is noisy, seized, or has stopped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my MAX Nano XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the MAX Nano XL and XXL use a different, higher-output pump. This part is for the Cube and Peninsula configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the Australian voltage version?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — R40589EUR is the 230–240 V, 50 Hz version suited to Australian mains. A separate 110–120 V version exists for the North American market.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774151545123,"sku":"MAX150c","price":154.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-max-nano-circulation-46119438975267.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-cube-cabinet","title":"Red Sea MAX Nano Cube Cabinet","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe dedicated stand built to the MAX Nano Cube G2's own footprint.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea MAX Nano Cube Cabinet is the marine-spec cabinet Red Sea designed specifically for the MAX Nano Cube G2 aquarium (sold separately) — an enclosed compartment for salt, dosing containers and equipment beneath a matching, weatherproof finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to the Cube G2 footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for the MAX Nano Cube G2 aquarium so the tank sits flush on top and plumbing and cable runs line up with the compartment below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec laminate construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — a moisture-resistant cabinet body finished with weatherproof, epoxy-painted doors, built for a wet cabinet top and the odd salt-mix spill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft-close stainless steel hinges\u003c\/strong\u003e — no slamming doors next to a running reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnclosed storage compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e — hides salt buckets, dosing containers and test kits behind closed doors instead of on open shelving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo colourways\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black or White, matching the finishes Red Sea offers across the MAX Nano G2 range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompartment width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompartment depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompartment height, floor to top header\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine-spec laminate body, weatherproof epoxy-painted doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinges\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft-close, stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack or White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesigned for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX Nano Cube G2 (45 × 45 × 45 cm tank, sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompartment dimensions are taken from Red Sea's own cabinet drawings and describe the usable internal space behind the doors, not the cabinet's external footprint, which is not published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cabinet only, in the colour selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the MAX Nano Cube G2 aquarium, lighting, pump, skimmer, auto top-off, heater, and any livestock, rock, sand or saltwater — all sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my Red Sea system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cabinet is cut for the MAX Nano Cube G2's 45 × 45 cm footprint only. It is not sized for the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 (45 × 58.5 cm) or the MAX Nano XL G2 (50 × 60 cm) — each of those has its own cabinet, and the three are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for anyone running, or about to set up, a MAX Nano Cube G2 who wants the matching stand rather than open shelving or their own furniture. Not suitable as a stand for a different tank — it isn't cut for any other footprint, and Red Sea doesn't publish a load rating for use outside the Cube G2 it was designed around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, in addition to the consumer guarantees you're entitled to under Australian Consumer Law. As a flat-packed furniture item it ships via standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this cabinet come with the aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is the cabinet only. The MAX Nano Cube G2 aquarium, and its lighting, pump, skimmer and auto top-off, are sold as a separate product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the MAX Nano Peninsula G2 or XL G2 fit on this cabinet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each MAX Nano G2 model has its own cabinet, cut to that model's footprint — 45 × 45 cm for the Cube, 45 × 58.5 cm for the Peninsula, 50 × 60 cm for the XL. This listing is the Cube cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the cabinet need to be levelled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. As with any aquarium stand, check the floor and cabinet top are level before the tank goes on — an uneven base stresses the glass unevenly once the tank is filled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the cabinet waterproof?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe doors and exterior are finished in a weatherproof epoxy paint that copes with incidental splashes and the humidity of a running reef tank. It isn't designed to sit in standing water, so a stray overflow should still be mopped up promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54774151577891,"sku":"MAX151","price":595.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"White","offer_id":55335333953827,"sku":"MAX152","price":595.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-max-nano-cube-cabine-46119439335715.webp?v=1790238999"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-thin-mesh-filter-225-micron-2","title":"Red Sea MAX Nano Thin Mesh Filter 225 Micron (2)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe right filter bags for your MAX Nano — genuine Red Sea, twin pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e These 225 micron thin-mesh filter bags are sized for the Red Sea MAX Nano's rear filter chamber, using the monofilament mesh construction Red Sea fits across its MAX and REEFER ranges, and polish fine particulate out of the water before it returns to the display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for the MAX Nano's rear filter chamber and standard 4\" (10 cm) filter bag holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 micron monofilament mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine enough to polish the water column, coarse enough to rinse clean rather than clog solid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — rotate one bag in service while the other is rinsed and drying, so the display is never left unpolished.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the rear chamber tidy\u003c\/strong\u003e — traps free-floating particulate before it can settle and break down into nitrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin-mesh filter bag, reusable, mechanical filtration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMicron rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225 micron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonofilament mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 bags\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRed Sea part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40580\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX153\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100779859\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSized for the Red Sea MAX Nano's rear filter chamber. Red Sea uses the same 225 micron mesh and the same standard 4\" (10 cm) bag holder across its current REEFER and MAX-S ranges, so the bag also fits those chambers — check your holder size against the packaging if you're fitting it outside a MAX Nano.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse every few days under running water, turning the bag inside out to flush trapped debris. A loaded filter bag stops polishing the water and starts feeding nitrate back into the tank as the trapped waste breaks down — rinsing little and often beats leaving it until it's visibly dirty. Replace when the mesh no longer rinses clean or shows signs of tearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often do I need to replace these?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish a fixed replacement interval — with regular rinsing, a well-cared-for bag lasts months. Replace sooner if the mesh tears or stays clogged after rinsing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use one bag while the other is being cleaned?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — that's the point of the twin pack. Keep one in the chamber and one rinsed and drying, then swap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the MAX Nano XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MAX Nano XL uses the same 225 micron mesh filter sock as part of its rear chamber, but check your unit's bag holder size before ordering, as chamber dimensions differ across the MAX Nano range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePairs with the Red Sea MAX Nano's REEF-SPEC activated carbon and the MAX Nano Stand for a fully stocked service kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774151643427,"sku":"MAX153","price":23.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-max-nano-thin-mesh-f-43876662280483.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr","title":"Red Sea Salt 20kg Refill Box 600ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne 20 kg refill box mixes 600 litres of stable, moderate-alkalinity reef seawater.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Salt is Red Sea's original marine salt mix, formulated to a natural, reef-stable alkalinity so it suits fish-only systems and reef tanks running on natural or lightly dosed nutrient levels. This refill box is the format for topping up a bucket you already own, rather than paying for a new bucket each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMakes 600 litres\u003c\/strong\u003e — one 20 kg box mixed to reef salinity (35 ppt), roughly twelve 50 L water changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModerate, reef-stable alkalinity\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7.7–8.1 dKH at 35 ppt, closer to natural seawater than the elevated alkalinity of Coral Pro Salt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDissolves fast and clean\u003c\/strong\u003e, with no cloudy residue left once fully circulated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefill box format\u003c\/strong\u003e — less packaging than a bucket, and no empty bucket to store afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 L at reef salinity (35 ppt)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlkalinity at 35 ppt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.7–8.1 dKH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCalcium at 35 ppt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415–430 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnesium at 35 ppt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,230–1,290 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePotassium at 35 ppt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e375–395 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefill box — no bucket included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pack size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe stock Red Sea Salt in three pack sizes. Cost per litre doesn't scale with pack size the way you'd expect, so it's worth checking the numbers rather than assuming bigger is cheaper:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.2 kg bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg refill box (this listing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis refill box is priced for topping up a bucket you already own, not for the cheapest litre on the shelf — the 10 kg bag currently costs less per litre. If cost per litre matters most and you don't need the box format, it's worth comparing against the other two sizes first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMix into clean RO or RO\/DI water with circulation until fully dissolved — allow around 20 minutes. Aerate before use, and match temperature and salinity to your display before adding. Use freshly mixed saltwater promptly rather than storing large volumes of made-up mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to fish-only systems and reef tanks running natural or lightly dosed nutrient levels, where a moderate, stable alkalinity is preferable to an elevated one. Reef tanks with heavy calcium and alkalinity demand from fast SPS growth are usually better matched to Red Sea's Coral Pro Salt, which mixes to a higher starting alkalinity and calcium level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore the unmixed salt sealed and dry — moisture reaching the box before mixing throws off the mix ratio. Once mixed, use within a few days rather than holding large volumes of made-up saltwater on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSold subject to Red Sea's standard product guarantees, which apply in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel — no special freight handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the refill box come with a bucket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It's designed to be decanted into a bucket or sealed container you already own, which is what keeps the cost per litre lower than buying a new bucket every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and Red Sea Coral Pro Salt?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea Salt mixes to a moderate alkalinity, around 8 dKH, suited to fish-only tanks and naturally-run reefs. Coral Pro Salt mixes to a higher starting alkalinity and calcium level for reef tanks with heavier coral growth demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow far does 600 litres actually go?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt depends on your tank size and water-change routine — as a guide, that's around twelve 50 L water changes, or considerably more if you're only topping up a smaller system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the cheapest way to buy Red Sea Salt per litre?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily — compare the current cost per litre for each pack size on the product page before deciding. Choose the refill box if you already have a bucket to decant into; choose the 10 kg bag if cost per litre is the deciding factor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774151676195,"sku":"RED129","price":164.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-salt-20kg-refill-box-10135198662947-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"},{"product_id":"red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr","title":"Red Sea Coral Pro Salt 20kg Refill Box 600ltr","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwenty kilos of growth-formula salt, minus the bucket you already own.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt is the high-alkalinity salt in the Red Sea range, blended to 11.5-12.5 dKH with calcium and magnesium raised to match. This 20 kg refill box mixes 600 litres of seawater at 35 ppt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the same salt sold in the buckets, packed in a lined cardboard box instead. That saves a plastic pail you do not need - but it means the pack it arrives in is not the pack it should live in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 kg of Red Sea Coral Pro Salt, in a sealed liner inside a cardboard carton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo bucket or storage container.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a refill. You need an airtight container to decant into, whether that is an empty Red Sea bucket or any food-grade sealable drum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo measuring scoop - a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-salt-measuring-cup\"\u003eRed Sea Salt Measuring Cup\u003c\/a\u003e is sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo refractometer or hydrometer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecant it the day it arrives.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cardboard and a poly liner are transit packaging, not humidity protection. In a Brisbane summer an opened box will draw enough moisture in a fortnight to set the bottom third solid, and once salt cakes, your dose per scoop is no longer what you think it is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600 litres per box\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same formula and the same mix ratio as the buckets, with no container to store or dispose of.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLess plastic per litre mixed\u003c\/strong\u003e - one bucket, refilled repeatedly, instead of a new pail every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCosts more per litre mixed than the 22 kg bucket\u003c\/strong\u003e - despite using less plastic. Buy this size for convenience, not for unit cost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11.5-12.5 dKH\u003c\/strong\u003e - carbonate headroom for a reef consuming alkalinity faster than a natural-seawater salt replaces it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalcium 450-480 mg\/L, magnesium 1350-1430 mg\/L\u003c\/strong\u003e - raised proportionally so the foundation elements stay in balance with each other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePotassium 385-415 mg\/L\u003c\/strong\u003e - brackets Red Sea's 400 ppm reef target without separate dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-pack storage before opening\u003c\/strong\u003e - a sealed box stacks in a cupboard where a bucket will not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDissolves clear in about 20 minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e - Red Sea's reformulated blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pack size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three packs are chemically identical. The decision is about what you already have on the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e7 kg bucket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystems under about 300 L, or trialling the formula\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e20 kg refill box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefers who already own an airtight bucket to decant into\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e22 kg bucket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulk volume where you want the sealed container included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf this is your first Coral Pro purchase, buy a bucket. The refill box is the second purchase onward. Per litre, the 22 kg bucket is the cheapest of the three, this 20 kg refill box costs a little more, and the 7 kg bucket the most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg refill box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 litres at 35 ppt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMix ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg per 30 litres of RO water (Red Sea pack rating)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic high-alkalinity reef salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlkalinity at 35 ppt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5-12.5 dKH (4.15-4.45 meq\/L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCalcium at 35 ppt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450-480 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnesium at 35 ppt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350-1430 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePotassium at 35 ppt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e385-415 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContainer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLined cardboard carton - not resealable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDissolving time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 20 minutes with circulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to mix it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart with RO or RO\/DI water at tank temperature, around 25 degrees C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd salt to water with a powerhead already running - never water to salt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork to roughly 1 kg per 30 litres, then check and adjust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCirculate and aerate until completely clear, normally about 20 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatch temperature and salinity to the display before the water goes in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet salinity with a refractometer, not with the scoop.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1 kg per 30 litre figure is Red Sea's pack rating; the exact dose that lands on 35 ppt shifts with your source water and how you measure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse mixed saltwater within about 24 hours, because alkalinity drifts down and carbonate precipitates out of water left standing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefers who already own a sealable salt bucket or food-grade drum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed reefs, LPS and soft coral systems in active growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrag and grow-out systems doing high-volume water changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone wanting to cut the number of plastic pails going through the shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA first Coral Pro purchase with nothing to decant into - buy the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-sea-salts-22-kg-660-ltr-bucket\"\u003e22 kg bucket\u003c\/a\u003e instead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater aquariums - this is full synthetic seawater, not a tonic salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMature SPS reefs held at 7-8 dKH, where 12 dKH salt swings alkalinity too far. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Salt\u003c\/a\u003e at 7.7-8.2 dKH suits those systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-term storage in the carton it ships in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransfer the full contents into an airtight container as soon as it arrives, and keep that container off bare concrete. Concrete wicks moisture upward and is the usual reason a part-used salt supply cakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaked salt is not spoiled, but compacted salt weighs more per scoop than loose salt. If it has set, break it up and weigh your dose rather than measuring by volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-seawater-refractometer\"\u003eRed Sea Seawater Refractometer\u003c\/a\u003e - the instrument that sets your real salinity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-salt-measuring-cup\"\u003eRed Sea Salt Measuring Cup\u003c\/a\u003e - repeatable scoops between mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e - confirms the calcium, alkalinity and magnesium your mixed water actually reached.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-sea-salts-7-kg-210-ltr-bucket\"\u003eCoral Pro Salt 7 kg bucket\u003c\/a\u003e - a smaller sealed option for smaller systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-colors-pro-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Colours Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e - for the iodine, potassium and iron water changes will not hold on their own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt is a consumable and carries no service warranty, but the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law apply. A box arriving split, wet or contaminated is replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 20 kg this is a heavy freight item. Cardboard travels less well than a bucket, so inspect the carton before signing for it and report any crushing or water damage rather than decanting damp salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Red Sea Coral Pro Salt refill box come with a bucket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The 20 kg refill box contains salt only, in a lined cardboard carton, and you supply your own airtight container. It is designed to refill a Red Sea bucket you already own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many litres does the 20 kg refill box make?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20 kg refill box makes 600 litres of seawater at 35 ppt, matching Red Sea's pack rating of 1 kg per 30 litres. Confirm the final salinity with a refractometer, since exact dose varies with source water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I store the salt in the box it comes in?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly briefly. Cardboard and a poly liner do not seal against humidity, and in a subtropical climate an opened box can cake within a couple of weeks, so decant into an airtight container on arrival.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the refill box the same salt as the bucket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - the 20 kg refill box, the 7 kg bucket and the 22 kg bucket are the identical Coral Pro formula with the same mix ratio. Only the packaging and the quantity differ.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this salt raise my tank's alkalinity?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a system currently sitting at 7-8 dKH, repeated changes with 12 dKH salt will pull the tank upward over time. That is intentional on a reef building skeleton, but move it gradually rather than in one large change.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774151807267,"sku":"RED178","price":187.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg--10135198695715-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"},{"product_id":"red-sea-aiptasia-x","title":"Red Sea Aiptasia X","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKill the aiptasia you can see without seeding the ten you can't.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Aiptasia-X is a thick treatment that globulates the moment it meets aquarium water, so it stays where you put it instead of drifting off across the rockwork. Injected close to the anemone's oral disc, it is taken in as food rather than sensed as an attack, so the anemone does not retract into the rock. Within minutes of ingesting it the anemone implodes, taking its planulae with it. That last part is the whole point: cutting, scraping or boiling-water treatments scatter planulae and turn one anemone into a dozen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlobulates on contact with water\u003c\/strong\u003e — the material holds together at the anemone instead of dispersing into the flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIngested, not repelled\u003c\/strong\u003e — the anemone feeds on it and stays open, so the treatment reaches the whole animal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKills the planulae too\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea states the anemone and its planulae are eradicated together, which is what stops the retaliatory outbreak.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReef-safe as directed\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea states it does not affect the sessile polyps of corals, so aiptasia growing inside a colony can be treated in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoes not affect water chemistry\u003c\/strong\u003e — material the anemone does not take in decomposes over time without harming the reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngled tip for the awkward ones\u003c\/strong\u003e — the kit includes a straight and an angled lock-on tip for anemones tucked under an overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAiptasia-X kit (60 mL) includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60 mL bottle of Aiptasia-X\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 mL applicator syringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne straight lock-on applicator tip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne angled lock-on applicator tip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAiptasia-X refill (500 mL) — not included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo applicator syringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo applicator tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo 60 mL applicator bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 500 mL is a refill bottle only, meant for decanting into the applicator bottle from the 60 mL kit. If this is your first Aiptasia-X purchase, buy the 60 mL kit — the refill on its own gives you no way to apply it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAiptasia anemone treatment, applied directly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mL kit, 500 mL refill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreatments per 60 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 100 anemones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInjected near the anemone's oral disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTime to effect\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnemone implodes within minutes of ingestion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEffect on water chemistry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone stated by Red Sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoral safety\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoes not affect sessile coral polyps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's safety data sheet lists the active constituents as calcium chloride (8–12%) and sodium hydroxide (0.5–2%).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplicator included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApproximate coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBuy it when\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e60 mL kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — 3 mL syringe, straight and angled tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 100 anemones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYour first purchase, or a normal outbreak in a display tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e500 mL refill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — bottle only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoughly eight times the volume of the 60 mL kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou already own the kit and are working through a heavily infested system or a shop's worth of frag tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDraw Aiptasia-X into the syringe, fit the tip that reaches your anemone, and deliver the material right at the oral disc. Watch for the anemone to take it in — it should stay open rather than pull back into the rock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom experience behind the counter: pause the return pump and wavemakers for a few minutes first. The material is designed to hold together in water, but stiff flow will still lift it off the target before the anemone gets a proper mouthful. Restart the pumps once the anemones you treated have collapsed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork in batches rather than trying to clear a whole tank in one session. A large simultaneous kill-off puts a slug of organic material into the water at once, and that is the only realistic downside of the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e aiptasia anemones in marine and reef aquariums, including anemones growing within a coral colony, on live rock, on the glass and in the sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater aquariums. It is also not a broadcast treatment — it is applied to individual anemones and does nothing to aiptasia you have not physically reached. Very large infestations across dozens of rocks are usually better handled by treating in stages over several weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the syringe and tips in fresh water after each session or the residue sets inside them and the next application clogs. Cap the bottle tightly and store it out of direct sunlight and out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSkimmers and mechanical filtration can stay running once flow is restored; pulling the imploded material out is helpful rather than harmful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-multi-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — check nutrients in the days after a large kill-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-nanomat\"\u003eRed Sea NanoMat\u003c\/a\u003e — mechanical filtration that pulls the debris out rather than letting it break down in the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt 20 kg\u003c\/a\u003e — for the water change that usually follows a heavy treatment session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/a\u003e — for the aiptasia that set up on the glass rather than the rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-reef-foundation-abc-3-pack-250ml-ea\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation ABC 3 Pack\u003c\/a\u003e — to bring calcium, alkalinity and magnesium back on target afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny manufacturer warranty Red Sea offers applies in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited or excluded by it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes ship as liquids. The 500 mL refill is the heavier of the two and is charged accordingly. Red Sea's safety data sheet classifies Aiptasia-X as dangerous goods for transport (UN3316, Class 9, Packing Group II), which is why some couriers restrict it to ground\/sea freight rather than air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many aiptasia will one bottle of Red Sea Aiptasia-X treat?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that the 60 mL supplied in the kit is enough for approximately 100 aiptasia anemones. The 500 mL refill holds roughly eight times that volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs Aiptasia-X safe for corals, shrimp and fish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that Aiptasia-X does not affect the sessile polyps of corals and that material not ingested by the aiptasia decomposes over time without harming the reef, which is why anemones growing inside a coral colony can be treated in place. As with any treatment, apply it to the target rather than broadcasting it, and do not dose more than you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the 500 mL refill come with the syringe and tips?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500 mL is a refill bottle only. The syringe, the straight tip and the angled tip come with the 60 mL kit, and the refill is intended for decanting into that kit's applicator bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill Aiptasia-X change my water parameters?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states the product does not affect water chemistry. The practical caveat is biological rather than chemical: killing a large number of anemones at once adds organic material to the system, so treat in batches and keep mechanical filtration running.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the aiptasia grow back?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that the anemone and its planulae are eradicated together, which is what separates this from cutting or scraping. New anemones can still appear from planulae already released elsewhere in the tank before treatment, so expect to go back over the rock a few times across the following weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Aiptasia are marine anemones and Aiptasia-X is a marine and reef product.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"60ml","offer_id":54774151840035,"sku":"RED187","price":32.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Refill 500ml","offer_id":55335137837347,"sku":"RED188","price":150.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-aiptasia-x-43876662378787.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-base-10kg","title":"Red Sea Reef Base 10kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNatural aragonite sand that buffers reef water as it settles.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Reef Base is an oolitic aragonite substrate, formed by natural precipitation and collected from a renewable source — the same calcium-carbonate sand chemistry reef keepers have relied on for decades to help hold pH and alkalinity steady in a marine system. It's sold in a 10 kg bag, in Pink or White.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural aragonite\u003c\/strong\u003e — helps maintain a stable pH around 8.2–8.3 and supports alkalinity (KH) stability as it dissolves slowly over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcessed, not just dredged\u003c\/strong\u003e — exposed to air and UV light, screened, then mechanically washed twice for a cleaner bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo tones\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pink gives the classic warm reef-flat look; White gives a brighter, more neutral sand bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 kg bag\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized to build up a display bed gradually or to top up an existing one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOolitic aragonite (calcium carbonate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSource\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural precipitation, renewable source\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink, White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelps maintain approximately pH 8.2–8.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProcessing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir and UV exposed, screened, double washed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish an exact coverage figure — how far a 10 kg bag goes depends entirely on the footprint of your tank and how deep a bed you want. As a starting point, weigh out one bag over your sump or a spare container to see the volume it makes before committing it to the display, and buy a second bag rather than guess short on a display you'll only fill once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to marine fish-only and reef systems as a display or sump substrate. Not intended as a freshwater substrate, and not a substitute for live rock or bacterial supplementation when cycling a new tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips standard parcel post. As a natural product, minor variation in grain and tone between bags is normal and not a fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between Pink and White?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are the same aragonite chemistry — the difference is purely the colour and tone of the finished sand bed, Pink giving a warmer look and White a brighter one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to rinse it before adding it to the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — even after Red Sea's own washing process, a rinse before use will settle any remaining fines faster and keep the water from clouding on day one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow deep should I make my sand bed?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on what you're running it for — talk to us about your setup if you're planning a deep sand bed rather than a shallow display layer, since the right depth changes the buying quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":54774151905571,"sku":"RED193","price":75.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":55335333921059,"sku":"RED194","price":75.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-base-10kg-43876662411555.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-seawater-refractometer","title":"Red Sea Seawater Refractometer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne accurate salinity reading is worth more than a dozen rough ones.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Seawater Refractometer is calibrated specifically for seawater rather than fresh water or brine, with automatic temperature compensation (ATC) built in, so a reading taken straight from the tank is close to true without needing the sample to reach a set temperature first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeawater-specific calibration\u003c\/strong\u003e — a generic refractometer calibrated for brine or fresh water can read out by as much as 1.5 ppt on seawater; this one is built and calibrated for the job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic temperature compensation\u003c\/strong\u003e — corrects for sample temperature against a 25°C reference, though letting the sample sit a few minutes to approach room temperature still gives the most reliable reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual scale\u003c\/strong\u003e — reads specific gravity and salinity (ppt) side by side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA couple of drops is all it takes\u003c\/strong\u003e — no test tube to fill or colour change to wait on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded calibration screwdriver and pipette\u003c\/strong\u003e — everything needed to zero the unit and take a sample is in the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.010–1.030 specific gravity \/ 20–40 ppt salinity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTemperature compensation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic (ATC), referenced to 25°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCalibration method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZero-point calibration against RO\/DI water, adjusted with the included screwdriver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefractometer, pipette, calibration screwdriver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for any marine or reef aquarium where salinity needs to be checked accurately — new water changes, top-offs, and dialling in a fresh salt mix. Not a substitute for a proper calibration routine: even with ATC, a refractometer calibrated weeks ago will drift, so re-zero it against RO\/DI water regularly rather than trusting an old calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eZero the unit against a drop of RO\/DI water before each session, or at minimum every few weeks with regular use. Wipe the prism dry with a soft, lint-free cloth between readings — salt residue left to dry on the prism is the most common cause of a drifting reading. For the most repeatable results, calibrate against a 35 ppt reference fluid if you have one, rather than RO\/DI water alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is a small, well-packaged item that ships standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need this if I already have a hydrometer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA swing-arm hydrometer is accurate enough for a fish-only tank but not for reef salinity, where small errors in calcium and alkalinity dosing compound over time. A refractometer reads more precisely and doesn't have moving parts to stick or wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need calibration fluid to work?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it calibrates against plain RO\/DI water for everyday use. A 35 ppt calibration fluid gives a more precise zero if you want to check it against a known reference occasionally.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow accurate is it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish a numeric accuracy figure for this model. What it does state is that a seawater-specific calibration avoids the up to 1.5 ppt error seen when a generic (non-seawater) refractometer is used on saltwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a carry case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot that we can confirm from Red Sea's own specifications — it ships with the refractometer, pipette and calibration screwdriver.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152003875,"sku":"RED197","price":125.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-seawater-refractomet-43876662444323.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-sump-modification-kit","title":"Red Sea Sump Modification Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe tool for opening an older Reefer sump to fit a ReefMat.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Sump Modification Kit is a specialty silicone-cutting kit for converting an older-generation REEFER sump so it accepts a ReefMat automatic fleece-roller filter. REEFER G2 and G2+ sumps are already ReefMat-ready from the factory and don't need this kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eField\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits \/ for use on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOlder-generation (pre-G2) REEFER sumps being retrofitted with a ReefMat 250, 500 or 1200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot needed for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER G2 and G2+ sumps (ReefMat-ready from the factory)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhat it includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1x utility blade handle with snap-off blades, 2x 0.1mm blades, 2x 0.15mm blades, 1x blade storage case, 1x small glass scraper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitting difficulty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo draining or sump removal required — the sump is modified in place\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED198\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35475\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built for silicone removal\u003c\/strong\u003e — cuts through the thin silicone joints holding internal sump baffles and fittings, without the gouging a standard utility knife causes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo draining required\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's own installation guidance describes modifying the sump in place, without removing it from the cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched to the retrofit\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for the tight joints inside a sump rather than general workshop cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for older-generation REEFER sumps being retrofitted with a ReefMat — it is not needed on REEFER G2 or G2+ systems, which ship ReefMat-ready with no cutting required. Which older sumps need which modification varies by tank size and generation, and Red Sea publishes the specific steps (which internal walls, sock holders or dividers to remove) against your tank's serial number. Check that guidance for your exact model before cutting — the modification is permanent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to owners of an older REEFER sump adding a ReefMat 250, 500 or 1200 fleece roller. Not needed on a G2 or G2+ REEFER, and not a general-purpose cutting tool for other tank modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a small parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need this kit for a G2 or G2+ Reefer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea builds G2 and G2+ sumps ReefMat-ready — this kit is only for older-generation sumps that predate that change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this damage my sump if I get it wrong?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cut is permanent, so confirm the exact modification steps for your tank's serial number and generation before starting — Red Sea's installation guide sets out what to remove model by model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with instructions?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit provides the cutting tools; follow Red Sea's published ReefMat installation guide for the step-by-step process for your specific sump.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152036643,"sku":"RED198","price":27.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-sump-modification-ki-43876662542627.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-calcium-pro-testing-kit-75-tests","title":"Red Sea Calcium Pro Testing Kit 75 Tests","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead calcium to five parts per million, not to the nearest colour swatch.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Calcium Pro Test Kit measures calcium by titration — you add titrant a drop at a time until the sample changes colour, then read the figure straight off the syringe. It resolves to 5 ppm across 75 tests, and it comes with the professional one-handed titrator that makes that resolution repeatable rather than theoretical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCalcium is the element stony corals build skeleton from, and it is consumed steadily rather than dramatically. A kit that can only tell you “around 400” or “around 450” cannot tell you how fast your tank is using it, which is the number your dosing actually depends on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTitration rather than colour comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e — the endpoint is a distinct colour change you titrate to, so the reading does not depend on the light you are standing in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 ppm resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine enough to track daily consumption, and to stay inside the 20 ppm maximum daily change Red Sea specifies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional one-handed titrator\u003c\/strong\u003e — leaves your other hand free to swirl the vial, which is what keeps consecutive tests consistent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e75 tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — roughly eighteen months of weekly testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffectively unlimited range\u003c\/strong\u003e — a titration reads to its endpoint instead of running off the top of a printed scale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefillable\u003c\/strong\u003e — the reagents are replaced on their own, so the titrator and glassware are a one-time purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReagent A, 25 mL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReagent B, 20 g powder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReagent C (titrant), 75 mL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional titrator, one-handed operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 mL syringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing spoon for the powdered reagent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalysis-grade glass vial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour reference card\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable plastic storage case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e any calcium supplement. The kit measures calcium; it does not correct it. If the reading comes back low you will need \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation A (Calcium+)\u003c\/a\u003e or an equivalent, bought separately. Alkalinity and magnesium each need their own test kit as well — this kit reads calcium only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR21405\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter measured\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTest method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of tests\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasuring range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnlimited — titration reads to an endpoint rather than a fixed scale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTitrator\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional, one-handed operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReagent refill part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR21406\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosed, 15–25 °C, in the case, out of direct sunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Red Sea Pro test do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three foundation elements are consumed together and are usually tested together. Each Pro kit covers one parameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-calcium-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eCalcium Pro\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eKH\/Alkalinity Pro\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbonate alkalinity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.05 meq\/L (0.14 dKH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-magnesium-pro-testing-kit-100-tests\"\u003eMagnesium Pro\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnesium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eReef Foundation Pro Multi\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll three foundation elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee product page\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs per the individual Pro kits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are buying your first foundation test and expect to test all three, the Reef Foundation Pro Multi kit puts them in one case. If you already own the others, buy Calcium Pro on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat calcium should I be running?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes calcium targets as a deliberate trade-off between growth rate and coloration rather than as one correct figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCalcium target\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat Red Sea says you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e465 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExceptional growth, good coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreat growth, great coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGood growth, exceptional coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS dominant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e465 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExceptional growth, good coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS dominant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreat growth, great coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS dominant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGood growth, exceptional coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrag system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e465 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExceptional growth, good coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUltra-low nutrient system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGood growth, exceptional coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHolding a figure steadily beats hitting a better figure occasionally. Red Sea caps safe movement at 20 ppm in a single day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to get a repeatable result\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck salinity first and correct it if needed, then wait ten minutes before drawing your sample. Red Sea's own instruction is explicit about this, and it is the step most people skip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLevel the powdered Reagent B in the dosing spoon against the edge of the container. A heaped spoon shifts the endpoint and produces a high reading that will not reconcile with your other tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest at the same point in your dosing cycle each week. A sample drawn an hour after dosing and a sample drawn the night before are measuring two different things.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat to do when the reading is off\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow:\u003c\/strong\u003e dose \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eFoundation A (Calcium+)\u003c\/a\u003e and re-test in three days to establish your tank's consumption rate, then move to weekly testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh:\u003c\/strong\u003e stop dosing and let the corals draw it down. High calcium alongside high alkalinity risks precipitation, which strips both at once and leaves white scale on heaters and impellers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn target but corals are not growing:\u003c\/strong\u003e test \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003ealkalinity\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-magnesium-pro-testing-kit-100-tests\"\u003emagnesium\u003c\/a\u003e. Low magnesium makes calcium and alkalinity almost impossible to hold together, and correcting it is usually what fixes a reef that tests fine and still sulks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the glass vial and syringe in RO water after each test and let them dry. Salt residue left in the vial carries over into the next sample.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the reagents closed in the case between 15 and 25 °C, away from prolonged light, and away from acids, oxidising compounds and bare metal. Red Sea states they are stable to the date printed on the pack when stored that way. When they run out, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-calcium-pro-reagent-refill-kit\"\u003eCalcium Pro Reagent Refill\u003c\/a\u003e restocks all three without replacing the titrator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReagent A carries the signal word \u003cstrong\u003eDanger\u003c\/strong\u003e. Red Sea's safety data sheet lists it as containing 10–25% sodium hydroxide: it causes severe skin burns and eye damage and may be corrosive to metals. Wear gloves and eye protection when handling it, and keep it in its original labelled bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReagent C contains EDTA at 1–5%, carries the signal word \u003cstrong\u003eWarning\u003c\/strong\u003e, and is an eye irritant. Reagent B is not classified as hazardous. Keep the whole kit out of reach of children. For eye contact, rinse with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef aquariums running stony corals or clams, anyone dosing a calcium supplement or running a calcium reactor, and anyone whose current calcium kit gives readings they do not trust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater aquariums, or testing general hardness. It measures one parameter only — alkalinity and magnesium need their own kits. For a fish-only marine tank with no stony corals, calcium testing at this resolution is more precision than the system needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-calcium-pro-reagent-refill-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Calcium Pro Reagent Refill\u003c\/a\u003e — restocks all three reagents when the kit runs dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation A (Calcium+)\u003c\/a\u003e — the supplement this kit exists to meter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the parameter consumed alongside calcium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-magnesium-pro-testing-kit-100-tests\"\u003eRed Sea Magnesium Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — test this before troubleshooting either of the other two.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-reef-foundation-abc-3-pack-250ml-ea\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation ABC 3 Pack\u003c\/a\u003e — all three supplements together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt 20 kg\u003c\/a\u003e — mixes to elevated foundation levels, so water changes support your targets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny manufacturer warranty Red Sea offers applies in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited or excluded by it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard small parcel. Reagent volumes are well under the threshold for dangerous goods freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow accurate is the Red Sea Calcium Pro Test Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea specifies a resolution of 5 ppm. Because the method is a titration rather than a colour comparison, the measuring range is effectively unlimited — you titrate to an endpoint instead of matching a sample against a fixed printed scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests are in the kit, and can I refill it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit contains 75 tests. When the reagents run out, Red Sea part R21406 restocks Reagents A, B and C for another 75 tests, and you keep the titrator, syringe, dosing spoon, glass vial and case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat calcium level should I run in a mixed reef?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes 450 ppm as the balance point for great growth and great coloration in a mixed reef, 465 ppm if you are prioritising growth, and 430 ppm if you are prioritising colour. Whichever you choose, hold it steadily and do not move calcium more than 20 ppm in a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this kit test alkalinity and magnesium as well?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Calcium Pro kit measures calcium only. Alkalinity and magnesium have their own Pro kits, or the Reef Foundation Pro Multi kit covers all three in one case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy do my two calcium kits disagree?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReagent age is the most common cause — an out-of-date kit drifts. After that, check that you levelled rather than heaped the powdered reagent, that salinity was correct before sampling, and that the glass vial was rinsed and dry. Fresh reagents in a correctly run titration are the figure to trust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a freshwater aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed and calibrated for marine and reef water. For freshwater hardness a general hardness test kit is the appropriate tool and costs considerably less.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152069411,"sku":"RED250","price":62.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-calcium-pro-testing-43876662575395.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-calcium-pro-reagent-refill-kit","title":"Red Sea Calcium Pro Reagent Refill Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree reagents, seventy-five more tests, same titrator.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the genuine Red Sea reagent refill for the Calcium Pro Test Kit — Red Sea part R21406, restocking Reagents A, B and C so the kit reads calcium to a resolution of 5 ppm again. The titrator, dosing spoon, syringe and glassware you already own stay exactly where they are.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCalcium is not the parameter that runs out fastest, but it is the one people stop testing when the reagent runs low — and a reef dosing Foundation A blind is a reef heading somewhere you did not choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part R21406\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same three-reagent set supplied in the complete kit R21405.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll three reagents in one box\u003c\/strong\u003e — Reagent A, the powdered Reagent B and the Reagent C titrant, so nothing is left half-stocked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 ppm resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e — tight enough to see a 20 ppm daily change, which is the maximum Red Sea considers safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTitration to a colour change\u003c\/strong\u003e — the endpoint is a clear shift rather than a judgement call against a printed card.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheaper and less wasteful than a second kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — the titrator is the expensive part and it does not wear out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReagent A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReagent B (powder)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReagent C (titrant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTogether these restore the kit to its full 75-test count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the professional titrator, the 5 mL syringe, the dosing spoon for the powdered reagent, the glass vial, the colour reference card, the instruction manual and the storage case. This is chemistry only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf this would be your first Red Sea calcium test, buy the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-calcium-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea Calcium Pro Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e instead — without the titrator and the dosing spoon there is no way to run the test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR21406\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRefill for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Calcium Pro Test Kit (R21405)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter measured\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTest method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests restored\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasuring range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnlimited — a titration reads to its endpoint rather than off a fixed scale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReagents supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReagent A, Reagent B (powder), Reagent C (titrant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosed, 15–25 °C, out of direct sunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat calcium should I be running?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes calcium targets as a trade-off between how fast corals grow and how well they colour up. Higher calcium and alkalinity push growth; lower figures favour coloration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCalcium target\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat Red Sea says you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e465 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExceptional growth, good coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreat growth, great coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGood growth, exceptional coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS dominant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e465 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExceptional growth, good coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS dominant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreat growth, great coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS dominant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGood growth, exceptional coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrag system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e465 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExceptional growth, good coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUltra-low nutrient system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGood growth, exceptional coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat to do when the reading is off\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBelow your target:\u003c\/strong\u003e dose \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation A (Calcium+)\u003c\/a\u003e, or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a-powder\"\u003epowdered Foundation A\u003c\/a\u003e if you mix your own stock solution. Red Sea states a maximum safe rise of 20 ppm in one day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbove your target:\u003c\/strong\u003e stop dosing and let coral demand pull it back. Calcium sitting high alongside high alkalinity risks precipitation, which strips both at once and coats heaters and pump impellers in white scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReading correct but corals still not growing:\u003c\/strong\u003e calcium is rarely the limiting factor on its own. Test alkalinity and magnesium before you add any more calcium — low magnesium in particular makes both of the others impossible to hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often to test\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's guidance is to test three days after starting a new dosing regime to see how fast the tank is consuming calcium, then settle into weekly testing once the dose is dialled in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways check salinity first and allow ten minutes after any adjustment before drawing a sample. A tank that has just had top-up water added will read low for reasons that have nothing to do with calcium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLevel the powdered Reagent B in the dosing spoon rather than heaping it — an over-full spoon is the most common cause of a Calcium Pro result that reads high and will not reconcile with anything else.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore all three reagents closed, between 15 and 25 °C, in the kit's case and away from prolonged light. Red Sea states the reagents are stable up to the date printed on the pack when stored that way. Keep them away from acids, oxidising compounds and bare metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReagent A is the one to respect. Red Sea's safety data sheet lists sodium hydroxide at 10–25% with the signal word \u003cstrong\u003eDanger\u003c\/strong\u003e: it may be corrosive to metals and it causes severe skin burns and eye damage. Wear eye protection and gloves, and do not decant it into an unlabelled container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReagent C contains EDTA at 1–5% and a trace of sodium hydroxide, carries the signal word \u003cstrong\u003eWarning\u003c\/strong\u003e, and is an eye irritant. Reagent B is not classified as hazardous.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep all three out of reach of children. For eye contact, rinse with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention. For skin contact, remove affected clothing and wash thoroughly with soap and water. If swallowed, do not induce vomiting — rinse the mouth and get medical advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e owners of the Red Sea Calcium Pro Test Kit who have run down any of the three reagents, and reef keepers dosing a calcium supplement who need better resolution than a colour-comparison kit provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater calcium or general hardness testing. It will not serve Red Sea's older Marine Care calcium kit, which uses different chemistry, and it is not a standalone product — there is no titrator in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-calcium-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea Calcium Pro Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the complete kit this refill restocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation A (Calcium+)\u003c\/a\u003e — the supplement you meter against the result.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-alkalinity-pro-reagent-refill-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Alkalinity Pro Reagent Refill\u003c\/a\u003e — the partner parameter; calcium and alkalinity are consumed together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-magnesium-pro-reagent-refill-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Magnesium Pro Reagent Refill\u003c\/a\u003e — the parameter that holds the other two up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-elements-foundation-abc-1kg\"\u003eRed Sea Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ 1 kg\u003c\/a\u003e — all three foundation elements in one powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — calcium, alkalinity and magnesium in a single case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny manufacturer warranty Red Sea offers applies in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited or excluded by it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard small parcel. Reagent volumes are well under the threshold for dangerous goods freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests does the Red Sea Calcium Pro reagent refill provide?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe refill restores the Calcium Pro Test Kit to its full 75-test count, which is the figure Red Sea specifies for the complete kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat comes in the Calcium Pro refill?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree reagents: Reagent A, the powdered Reagent B, and Reagent C, which is the titrant. The titrator, dosing spoon, syringe, glass vial, colour card and case are not included — they come with the complete kit and are meant to last across many refills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the Red Sea part number for the Calcium Pro refill?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe refill is Red Sea part R21406 and the complete kit is R21405. Red Sea's safety data sheet covers both under one document because the chemistry is identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMy calcium reads correctly but my corals are not growing. Is the test wrong?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. Calcium, alkalinity and magnesium are consumed together, and a correct calcium figure alongside low alkalinity or low magnesium will still stall growth. Test all three before adding more calcium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs Reagent A dangerous?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt requires care. Red Sea classifies Reagent A with the signal word Danger — it contains 10–25% sodium hydroxide, causes severe skin burns and eye damage, and may corrode metals. Wear gloves and eye protection, keep it in its original labelled bottle, and store it out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy does my result change if I heap the powder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReagent B is measured by volume with the supplied spoon, so a heaped spoon puts more reagent into the vial than the method assumes and shifts the endpoint. Level the spoon against the edge of the container every time and results become repeatable.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152102179,"sku":"RED250a","price":45.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-calcium-pro-reagent-43876662608163.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests","title":"Red Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Testing Kit 75 Tests","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlkalinity read to 0.14 dKH, not guessed off a colour card.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit is a 75-test titration kit that measures carbonate alkalinity (KH, your tank's pH buffer) to a resolution of 0.05 meq\/L, which is 0.14 dKH. It arrives with the single-hand titrator, 68 mL of titrant, a 10 mL syringe and a 100 mL sample of Foundation B, so the first correction can be made the day it lands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlkalinity is the parameter a stocked reef consumes fastest, and the one corals punish you soonest for letting swing. A kit that resolves to a seventh of a dKH shows you a drift while it is still a drift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTitration, not colour matching\u003c\/strong\u003e — you read a number off a syringe scale instead of holding a vial against a printed card under kitchen lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.05 meq\/L (0.14 dKH) resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine enough to separate a real trend from test-to-test noise, which a 1 dKH colour kit cannot do.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e75 tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — about nine months of twice-weekly testing on a single reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-hand titrator\u003c\/strong\u003e — one hand works the plunger while the other swirls the vial, which is the difference between a repeatable endpoint and a rushed one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 mL Foundation B sample included\u003c\/strong\u003e — the buffer this kit exists to meter, enough to make your first correction before you commit to a full bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReagent refills available\u003c\/strong\u003e — the titrator, syringe, vial and case are designed to outlast many bottles of titrant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-hand high-precision titrator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTitrant, 68 mL — enough for 75 tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mL syringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalytical-grade glass vial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour reference card\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 mL sample of Red Sea Foundation B (KH\/Alkalinity)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical-resistant plastic storage case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA full-size bottle of buffer. The 100 mL Foundation B sample is a starter, not a supply — \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation B\u003c\/a\u003e is sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalcium and magnesium tests. Those are the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-calcium-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eCalcium Pro\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-magnesium-pro-testing-kit-100-tests\"\u003eMagnesium Pro\u003c\/a\u003e kits, or all three together in the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eReef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA refractometer or salinity meter. Salinity has to be correct before an alkalinity result means anything.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR21410\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter measured\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbonate alkalinity (KH, the tank's pH buffer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTest method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of tests\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.05 meq\/L (0.14 dKH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasuring range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot fixed — a titration reads to its endpoint rather than off a printed scale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTitrant supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSample syringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupplement metered\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Foundation B (KH\/Alkalinity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReagent refill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea part R21411\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal containers, closed, cool and dry, out of direct sunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat alkalinity should I be running?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no single correct figure. Red Sea publishes foundation targets by system type in its Foundation Supplements manual, and alkalinity only makes sense read alongside the calcium and magnesium it is balanced against.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlkalinity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCalcium\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnesium\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5 dKH (4.1 meq\/L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS dominant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.0 dKH (2.9 meq\/L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMarine fish only\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 dKH (2.4 meq\/L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's wider Reef Care guidance spans roughly 7 to 12 dKH, trading growth rate against coloration. Pick a target, hold it, and move it slowly if you change your mind. Stability beats the number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat to do when the reading is off\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBelow your target\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation B\u003c\/a\u003e, the buffer this kit meters. Red Sea states a maximum safe increase of 1.4 dKH (0.5 meq\/L) in a single day — going faster stresses corals rather than helping them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAbove your target\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStop dosing and let consumption bring it down, or dilute it with a water change. Do not chase alkalinity downwards with acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDrifting when nothing has changed\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCalcium, alkalinity and magnesium move as a set. A stubborn alkalinity reading is usually low magnesium, so test all three before adjusting any of them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Red Sea alkalinity test do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose it when\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKH\/Alkalinity Pro (this kit)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.14 dKH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou keep corals and dose a buffer, so small movements matter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMarine Care alkalinity test\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 dKH (0.36 meq\/L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFish-only or a maturing system, where a whole dKH is close enough\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eReef Foundation Pro Multi\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame Pro chemistry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou want calcium, alkalinity and magnesium in one case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect salinity before you test. An alkalinity reading taken at the wrong specific gravity is measuring the wrong water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the glass vial in RO water between tests. Leftover titrant is one of the two things that quietly bias a result; the other is reagent age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the titrant closed, in its original container, in the kit's case, cool and dry and out of direct sun. If a fresh bottle of titrant reads noticeably differently from the one you were finishing, trust the fresh one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's safety data sheet for this kit and its refill carries the signal word \u003cstrong\u003eWarning\u003c\/strong\u003e. The titrant is listed as monoethylene glycol (an antifreeze-type solvent) at 50–75%, harmful if swallowed, and hydrochloric acid at under 1%, which can cause severe skin and eye burns and may irritate the airways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep it out of reach of children and away from acids, alkalis, oxidisers and metals. In the eyes, rinse with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and get medical attention. If swallowed, do not induce vomiting — rinse the mouth thoroughly and get medical attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef aquariums of any size where corals are consuming alkalinity, anyone dosing a two- or three-part supplement and needing to meter it, and anyone whose colour-card kit reads the same before and after a dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater KH testing, where a low-cost colour kit is entirely adequate and this resolution is wasted. It also will not tell you calcium or magnesium, and it is not a replacement for a salinity check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-alkalinity-pro-reagent-refill-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Alkalinity Pro Reagent Refill\u003c\/a\u003e — part R21411, restores all 75 tests without rebuying the titrator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation B (KH\/Alkalinity)\u003c\/a\u003e — the full-size buffer you dose against the reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-magnesium-pro-testing-kit-100-tests\"\u003eRed Sea Magnesium Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the parameter that explains most stubborn alkalinity readings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-calcium-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea Calcium Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the third of the foundation trio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-reef-foundation-abc-3-pack-250ml-ea\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation ABC 3 Pack\u003c\/a\u003e — all three supplements together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/red-sea-1\"\u003eRed Sea range\u003c\/a\u003e — salts, supplements and the rest of the Reef Care program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReagents are consumables and carry no service warranty. Any manufacturer warranty Red Sea offers applies in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited or excluded by it. A kit arriving with leaking, damaged or out-of-date reagents is replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel. The reagent volumes are well under the threshold for dangerous goods handling, so no special freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow accurate is the Red Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea specifies a resolution of 0.05 meq\/L, which is 0.14 dKH. Because it is a titration rather than a colour comparison, the measurement is not bounded by a printed scale — you titrate to an endpoint and read the volume used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests are in the kit, and what does a refill cost me?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit contains 68 mL of titrant, enough for 75 tests. The reagent refill is Red Sea part R21411 and restores the full 75-test count, so you only ever buy the titrator, syringe, vial and case once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the kit include the alkalinity supplement?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes a 100 mL sample of Red Sea Foundation B, which is enough to make an initial correction but is not an ongoing supply. A full-size bottle of Foundation B is bought separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this kit on a freshwater aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chemistry will measure carbonate hardness in fresh water, but the kit is built around the resolution a reef needs. For a freshwater or planted tank a standard colour-comparison KH kit is cheaper and perfectly adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMy alkalinity keeps falling no matter how much buffer I dose. What is wrong?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest magnesium. Magnesium holds calcium and alkalinity in solution, and when it runs low both of the others become impossible to hold no matter how much you dose. Correct magnesium first, then re-test alkalinity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I test alkalinity?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's Reef Care approach is built on regular testing rather than a fixed interval, and most reefers with a stocked coral load test two or three times a week. On a new or heavily stocked system, test more often until the daily consumption rate is known.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152134947,"sku":"RED251","price":60.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-te-43876662935843.webp?v=1790239000"},{"product_id":"red-sea-alkalinity-pro-reagent-refill-kit","title":"Red Sea Alkalinity Pro Reagent Refill Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFresh titrant, not a whole new test kit.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the genuine Red Sea reagent refill for the KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit — Red Sea part R21411, the same titrant that ships in the complete kit R21410. It restores the kit to its full 75 tests at a resolution of 0.05 meq\/L (0.14 dKH), and it keeps the titrator, syringe and glass vial you already own in service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlkalinity is the parameter a stocked reef pulls down fastest, so it is the one most reefers test most often — and the first reagent bottle to run dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part R21411\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same titrant supplied in the complete KH\/Alkalinity Pro kit, not a third-party substitute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores the full 75 tests\u003c\/strong\u003e — a whole kit's worth of testing without buying a second titrator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.05 meq\/L (0.14 dKH) resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine enough to catch a drift while it is still a drift, not after the corals have browned out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTitration, not colour matching\u003c\/strong\u003e — you read a number off a syringe scale instead of holding a vial against a printed card under kitchen lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh, in-date chemistry\u003c\/strong\u003e — the single most common cause of two test kits disagreeing is one of them being old.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro titrant reagent, enough for 75 tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the titrator, the 10 mL syringe, the glass vial, the colour reference card, the instruction manual, the storage case, and the 100 mL sample of Foundation B that ships with the complete kit. This is reagent only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you do not already own the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e, buy the kit rather than this refill — on its own there is nothing here to titrate with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR21411\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRefill for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit (R21410)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter measured\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbonate alkalinity (KH, your tank's pH buffer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTest method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests restored\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.05 meq\/L (0.14 dKH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasuring range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnlimited — a titration reads to its endpoint rather than off a fixed scale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReagent supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitrant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosed, 15–25 °C, out of direct sunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat alkalinity should I be running?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no single correct number. Red Sea's Reef Care programme publishes alkalinity targets as a trade-off between growth rate and coloration, and the figure you pick depends on which you are chasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlkalinity target\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat Red Sea says you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 dKH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExceptional growth, good coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5 dKH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreat growth, great coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 dKH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGood growth, exceptional coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS dominant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 dKH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExceptional growth, good coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS dominant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 dKH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreat growth, great coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS dominant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 dKH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGood growth, exceptional coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrag system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 dKH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExceptional growth, good coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUltra-low nutrient system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 dKH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGood growth, exceptional coloration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStability matters more than the number itself. Pick a target, hold it, and change it slowly if you change your mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat to do when the reading is off\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBelow your target:\u003c\/strong\u003e dose \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation B (KH\/Alkalinity)\u003c\/a\u003e, which is the supplement this test kit exists to meter. Red Sea states a maximum safe increase of 1.4 dKH (0.5 meq\/L) in a single day — going faster stresses corals rather than helping them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbove your target:\u003c\/strong\u003e stop dosing and let consumption bring it down, or dilute with a water change. Do not chase it downwards with acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrifting when nothing has changed:\u003c\/strong\u003e calcium, alkalinity and magnesium move as a set. A stubborn alkalinity reading usually means magnesium is low, so test all three before adjusting any of them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck and correct salinity before testing anything. Red Sea's guidance is to allow ten minutes after a salinity adjustment for the tank to stabilise before you draw a sample.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the reagent closed, between 15 and 25 °C, and keep it in the kit's plastic case — prolonged light exposure is what degrades it. Red Sea states the reagent is stable up to the date printed on the pack when stored that way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf a fresh refill reads noticeably differently from your old bottle, trust the fresh one. That gap is the reagent you were still using telling you it had aged out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe titrant carries a GHS signal word of \u003cstrong\u003eWarning\u003c\/strong\u003e. Red Sea's safety data sheet lists monoethylene glycol (an antifreeze-type solvent) at 50–75%, classified as harmful if swallowed, and hydrochloric acid at under 1%, which can cause severe skin and eye burns and may irritate the airways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep it out of reach of children. Do not eat, drink or smoke while using it. If it gets in your eyes, rinse with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Do not induce vomiting if swallowed — rinse the mouth and get medical advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e anyone who already owns a Red Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit and has run down the reagent, and anyone keeping a marine or reef aquarium who needs alkalinity resolution finer than a colour-card kit can give.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater KH testing, where a low-cost colour kit is entirely adequate. It is also not a substitute for the complete kit — there is no titrator or glassware in this box — and it will not fit Red Sea's older Marine Care alkalinity kit, which uses different chemistry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the kit this refill restocks, if you need the titrator too.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation B (KH\/Alkalinity)\u003c\/a\u003e — the buffer you dose against the reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-calcium-pro-reagent-refill-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Calcium Pro Reagent Refill\u003c\/a\u003e — the second of the three foundation parameters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-magnesium-pro-reagent-refill-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Magnesium Pro Reagent Refill\u003c\/a\u003e — the third, and the one that quietly explains most alkalinity problems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-reef-foundation-abc-3-pack-250ml-ea\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation ABC 3 Pack\u003c\/a\u003e — all three supplements together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — calcium, alkalinity and magnesium in one case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny manufacturer warranty Red Sea offers applies in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited or excluded by it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard small parcel. The reagent volume is well under the threshold for dangerous goods handling, so no special freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests does the Red Sea Alkalinity Pro reagent refill provide?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe refill restores the KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit to its full 75-test count, which is the number of tests Red Sea specifies for the complete kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the refill include the titrator?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The refill is reagent only. The titrator, syringe, glass vial, colour card, manual and case all come with the complete KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit and are designed to be kept and reused across many refills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the Red Sea part number for the KH\/Alkalinity Pro refill?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe refill is Red Sea part R21411. The complete kit is R21410. Both are covered by the same Red Sea safety data sheet, because the refill supplies the same titrant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow accurate is the Red Sea Alkalinity Pro test?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea specifies a resolution of 0.05 meq\/L, which is 0.14 dKH. Because it is a titration rather than a colour comparison, the range is effectively unlimited — you titrate to an endpoint instead of matching against a fixed printed scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo the reagents expire?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Red Sea states the reagent is stable up to the date printed on the pack when stored closed between 15 and 25 °C and kept in its case away from prolonged light. Reagent age is the usual explanation when two alkalinity kits disagree with each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this refill in a freshwater aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chemistry will measure carbonate hardness in fresh water, but this kit is built and calibrated around the resolution a reef needs. For a freshwater tank a standard colour-comparison KH kit is cheaper and perfectly adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152167715,"sku":"RED251a","price":45.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-alkalinity-pro-reage-43876662968611.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-magnesium-pro-testing-kit-100-tests","title":"Red Sea Magnesium Pro Testing Kit 100 Tests","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe test that explains why calcium and alkalinity will not sit still.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Magnesium Pro Test Kit is a 100-test titration kit that reads magnesium to a resolution of 20 ppm. Magnesium is what keeps calcium and carbonate in solution instead of precipitating out, so when the other two foundation parameters refuse to hold, this is the kit that finds the reason.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the least glamorous of the three foundation tests and the one most reefers own last. It is also the one that turns a fortnightly guess into a number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — the largest test count in Red Sea's Pro foundation range, which suits a parameter you check fortnightly rather than daily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 ppm resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e — meaningful against targets of 1100 to 1350 mg\/L, where a broad colour kit reads the same at 1150 and 1300.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTitration with a powder reagent step\u003c\/strong\u003e — a dosing spoon and two liquid reagents set the sample up, then you titrate to a clear colour break.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-hand titrator\u003c\/strong\u003e — one hand meters, the other swirls, so the endpoint is where the chemistry says it is rather than where your grip gave out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeters Foundation C directly\u003c\/strong\u003e — the reading maps onto a dose of Red Sea's magnesium supplement rather than a general recommendation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReagent refills available\u003c\/strong\u003e — part R21416 restores all 100 tests and keeps the titrator, spoon and glassware in service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-hand high-precision titrator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReagent A, 25 mL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReagent B, 25 mL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTitrant, 75 mL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 mL syringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing spoon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalytical-grade glass vials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour reference card\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical-resistant plastic storage case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny magnesium supplement. Unlike the alkalinity kit, no sample bottle ships with this one — \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation C (Magnesium)\u003c\/a\u003e is a separate purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalcium and alkalinity tests. Those are the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-calcium-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eCalcium Pro\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eKH\/Alkalinity Pro\u003c\/a\u003e kits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA salinity meter. Magnesium tracks with salinity, so a reading taken at the wrong specific gravity is misleading rather than merely imprecise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR21415\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter measured\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnesium (Mg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTest method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of tests\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasuring range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot fixed — a titration reads to its endpoint rather than off a printed scale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReagent A\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReagent B\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTitrant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSample syringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupplement metered\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Foundation C (Magnesium)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReagent refill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea part R21416\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal containers, closed, cool and dry, away from acids, alkalis, oxidisers and metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat magnesium should I be running?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes foundation targets by system type in its Foundation Supplements manual. Magnesium is set proportionally to the calcium and alkalinity you are holding, which is why all three appear together here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnesium\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCalcium\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlkalinity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5 dKH (4.1 meq\/L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS dominant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.0 dKH (2.9 meq\/L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMarine fish only\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 dKH (2.4 meq\/L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 20 ppm resolution, the gap between the mixed reef and SPS targets is about three and a half increments — wide enough that this kit can actually tell you which programme you are running.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat to do when the reading is off\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBelow your target\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation C\u003c\/a\u003e, which is the supplement this kit exists to meter. Magnesium moves slowly and is consumed slowly, so correct it over days rather than in one hit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAbove your target\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStop dosing. Magnesium has no fast removal route in a reef aquarium, so the only practical correction is water changes with a salt mixed to your target, and time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCalcium or alkalinity will not hold\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the classic symptom of low magnesium and the main reason to own this kit. Bring magnesium back to target first, then re-test the other two — they often correct themselves once magnesium is right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Red Sea magnesium test do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose it when\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnesium Pro (this kit)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100, 20 ppm resolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou dose foundation supplements and need to meter Foundation C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-magnesium-test-kit\"\u003eMarine Care Magnesium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75, 50–100 ppm resolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou want the accessible tier of Red Sea's magnesium testing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eReef Foundation Pro Multi\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame Pro chemistry, all three\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou need calcium and alkalinity as well and want one case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLevel the dosing spoon. The powder step is measured by volume, and a heaped spoon shifts the endpoint further than the kit's 20 ppm resolution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the glass vials in RO water between tests. Residual reagent from the previous test is the most common cause of a magnesium result that disagrees with the last one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the reagents in their original containers, closed, cool, dry and out of direct sunlight, and away from acids, alkalis, oxidising compounds and metals. Reagent age is the usual explanation when two kits disagree with each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's safety data sheet for this kit and its refill gives Reagent A the signal word \u003cstrong\u003eDanger\u003c\/strong\u003e. Reagent A is classified as harmful if swallowed and harmful in contact with skin, causes severe skin burns and eye damage, and may be corrosive to metals. The named constituents are sodium tetraborate decahydrate at 1–5%, potassium hydroxide at 1–5% and oxalic acid at 1–5%. Reagents B and C carry no signal word.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSodium tetraborate is classified as a reproductive hazard, so handle Reagent A with care and keep the kit out of reach of children. In the eyes, rinse with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and get medical attention. If swallowed, do not induce vomiting — rinse the mouth thoroughly with water if the person is conscious, and get medical attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef aquariums running a foundation dosing programme, anyone whose calcium or alkalinity refuses to stabilise, and anyone mixing their own saltwater who wants to confirm what the batch actually landed at.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater aquariums, where magnesium at these concentrations is not a parameter you manage. It also will not measure calcium or alkalinity, and it is not a substitute for correcting salinity before you test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-magnesium-pro-reagent-refill-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Magnesium Pro Reagent Refill\u003c\/a\u003e — part R21416, restores all 100 tests without rebuying the titrator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation C (Magnesium)\u003c\/a\u003e — the supplement you dose against the reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the parameter magnesium is usually blamed for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-calcium-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea Calcium Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — completes the foundation trio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt 20 kg\u003c\/a\u003e — mixes to elevated foundation levels, so water changes hold magnesium up rather than diluting it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/red-sea-1\"\u003eRed Sea range\u003c\/a\u003e — the rest of the Reef Care testing and supplement program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReagents are consumables and carry no service warranty. Any manufacturer warranty Red Sea offers applies in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited or excluded by it. A kit arriving with leaking, damaged or out-of-date reagents is replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel. The reagent volumes are well under the threshold for dangerous goods handling, so no special freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow accurate is the Red Sea Magnesium Pro Test Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea specifies a resolution of 20 ppm. Because it is a titration rather than a colour comparison, the reading is not bounded by a printed scale — you titrate to an endpoint and read the volume used off the titrator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests does the kit contain?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Magnesium Pro Test Kit contains 100 tests, supplied as 25 mL of Reagent A, 25 mL of Reagent B and 75 mL of titrant. The reagent refill, part R21416, restores the same 100-test count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I test magnesium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium is consumed far more slowly than calcium or alkalinity, so fortnightly testing suits most reef aquariums. Test it immediately, though, whenever calcium or alkalinity start behaving oddly — that is nearly always a magnesium problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat magnesium level should a reef tank run at?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's published foundation targets are 1350 mg\/L for a mixed reef, 1280 mg\/L for an SPS-dominant system and 1100 mg\/L for marine fish only. Magnesium is set proportionally to the calcium and alkalinity levels you are holding, not chosen independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this kit include a magnesium supplement?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Unlike the KH\/Alkalinity Pro kit, which ships with a 100 mL sample of Foundation B, the Magnesium Pro kit contains reagents and hardware only. Foundation C is bought separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMy magnesium is too high. How do I bring it down?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no quick fix. Magnesium is not consumed fast enough or removed by any common filtration to drop on its own, so the practical correction is to stop dosing and do water changes with saltwater mixed to your target level.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152200483,"sku":"RED252","price":69.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-magnesium-pro-testin-46119456735523.webp?v=1790239004"},{"product_id":"red-sea-magnesium-pro-reagent-refill-kit","title":"Red Sea Magnesium Pro Reagent Refill Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA hundred more tests without a second titrator.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the genuine Red Sea Magnesium Pro reagent refill, part R21416. It restocks the chemistry in the Magnesium Pro Test Kit (R21415) and restores the full 100 tests at Red Sea's stated 20 ppm resolution, while the titrator, dosing spoon, syringe, glass vials and case you already own stay exactly where they are.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium is tested less often than alkalinity, so this bottle tends to run out on a longer clock — and to be the reagent most likely to have aged before it emptied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part R21416\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same reagents supplied in the complete Magnesium Pro kit, not a third-party substitute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores the full 100 tests\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same test count as a new kit, which is the largest in Red Sea's Pro foundation range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 ppm resolution retained\u003c\/strong\u003e — fresh reagent is what that figure assumes; an aged bottle quietly stops delivering it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e — the titrator and dosing spoon are built to outlast many refills, so there is no reason to buy them twice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes disagreeing kits\u003c\/strong\u003e — when two magnesium tests give different answers, the older reagent is almost always the one that is wrong.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Magnesium Pro reagents, enough to restore 100 tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is reagent only. The \u003cstrong\u003etitrator, dosing spoon, 5 mL syringe, glass vials, colour reference card, instruction manual and storage case\u003c\/strong\u003e all ship with the complete kit and are not repeated here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you do not already own the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-magnesium-pro-testing-kit-100-tests\"\u003eRed Sea Magnesium Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e, buy the kit instead — on its own there is nothing in this box to titrate with, and no spoon to measure the powder step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR21416\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRefill for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Magnesium Pro Test Kit (R21415)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter measured\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnesium (Mg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTest method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests restored\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupplement metered\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Foundation C (Magnesium)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal containers, closed, cool and dry, away from acids, alkalis, oxidisers and metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Red Sea Magnesium Pro Test Kit, part R21415 — the titration kit with the single-hand titrator and the dosing spoon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt does \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e fit Red Sea's Marine Care magnesium test, which uses different chemistry, and it does not fit the magnesium test inside the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eReef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e unless that kit's magnesium module is the Pro test. Check the reagent bottle labels against R21416 before ordering if you are unsure which kit you own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLevel the dosing spoon every time. The powder step is measured by volume, and a heaped spoon moves the endpoint further than the 20 ppm the kit resolves to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the vials in RO water between tests, and check salinity before you draw a sample — magnesium tracks with salinity, so a reading taken at the wrong specific gravity is misleading rather than merely imprecise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the reagents closed in their original containers, cool, dry and out of direct sun, away from acids, alkalis, oxidising compounds and metals. If a fresh refill reads differently from the bottle you were finishing, trust the fresh one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's safety data sheet covers this refill and the complete kit together, and gives Reagent A the signal word \u003cstrong\u003eDanger\u003c\/strong\u003e. Reagent A is classified as harmful if swallowed and harmful in contact with skin, causes severe skin burns and eye damage, and may be corrosive to metals. The named constituents are sodium tetraborate decahydrate at 1–5%, which carries a reproductive hazard classification, potassium hydroxide at 1–5% and oxalic acid at 1–5%. Reagents B and C carry no signal word.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep out of reach of children. In the eyes, rinse with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and get medical attention. If swallowed, do not induce vomiting — rinse the mouth thoroughly with water if the person is conscious, and get medical attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e anyone who already owns a Red Sea Magnesium Pro Test Kit and has run the reagents down or out of date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e a first purchase — there is no titrator, spoon or glassware in this box. It is also not for freshwater use, and it will not measure calcium or alkalinity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-magnesium-pro-testing-kit-100-tests\"\u003eRed Sea Magnesium Pro Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the kit this refill restocks, if you need the titrator too.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c\"\u003eRed Sea Foundation C (Magnesium)\u003c\/a\u003e — the supplement you dose against the reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-alkalinity-pro-reagent-refill-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Alkalinity Pro Reagent Refill\u003c\/a\u003e — the reagent that empties fastest of the three.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-calcium-pro-reagent-refill-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Calcium Pro Reagent Refill\u003c\/a\u003e — the third foundation parameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-reef-foundation-abc-3-pack-250ml-ea\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation ABC 3 Pack\u003c\/a\u003e — all three supplements together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/red-sea-1\"\u003eRed Sea range\u003c\/a\u003e — the rest of the Reef Care testing and supplement program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReagents are consumables and carry no service warranty. Any manufacturer warranty Red Sea offers applies in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited or excluded by it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard small parcel. The reagent volumes are well under the threshold for dangerous goods handling, so no special freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests does the Red Sea Magnesium Pro reagent refill provide?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe refill restores the Magnesium Pro Test Kit to its full 100-test count, which is the number of tests Red Sea specifies for the complete kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the Red Sea part number for this refill?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe refill is Red Sea part R21416. The complete kit is R21415. Both are covered by the same Red Sea safety data sheet, because the refill supplies the same reagents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the refill include the titrator or the dosing spoon?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The refill is reagent only. The titrator, dosing spoon, syringe, glass vials, colour card, manual and case all come with the complete Magnesium Pro Test Kit and are designed to be reused across many refills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo the reagents expire?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and magnesium reagent is more likely than most to age out before it empties, because magnesium is typically tested fortnightly rather than several times a week. Check the date on the pack, and replace the reagent if a result stops agreeing with your other tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this refill work in Red Sea's Marine Care magnesium test?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Marine Care magnesium test uses different chemistry from the Pro titration kit, and the reagents are not interchangeable. This refill is specific to the Magnesium Pro Test Kit, part R21415.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152233251,"sku":"RED252a","price":45.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-magnesium-pro-reagen-46119440023843.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-nitrate-pro-testing-kit-100-tests","title":"Red Sea Nitrate Pro Testing Kit 100 Tests","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Nitrate Pro kit is Red Sea's high-resolution colorimetric test for nitrate (NO3) in marine and reef aquariums.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reagents develop colour in a glass vial, matched against a reference card inside a comparator, giving finer resolution than a dip strip without needing a photometer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e — reads nitrate to 0.125 ppm NO3, fine enough to tell an SPS-dominant tank apart from an ultra-low-nutrient system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComparator, not a colour chart\u003c\/strong\u003e — colour is matched inside a comparator against a printed reference card rather than eyeballed under tank lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDilution extends the range\u003c\/strong\u003e — diluting the sample with RO water per the instructions extends the usable range up to 64 ppm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefillable\u003c\/strong\u003e — the comparator is reusable and reagents are sold separately as refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTest count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tests\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrate (NO3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDirect range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25-4 ppm NO3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtended range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 64 ppm with RO dilution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.125 ppm NO3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMethod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColorimetric comparator, 3-reagent development\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTarget ranges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own published target bands, from its Nutrient Management Program. Red Sea doesn't break these down by community, planted or cichlid setups since this kit is saltwater only — marine fish-only is the closest published equivalent to a FOWLR target.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget NO3\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUltra-low nutrient system (ULNS)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS-dominant reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25-0.5 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixed reef \/ SPS frag tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-2 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMarine fish only (no corals)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 10 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColorimetric comparator with reference colour card\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReagent bottles A, B and C (100 tests)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalytical-grade glass test vial and dosing syringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstructions and storage case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReagents are stable up to the expiry date printed on each bottle when stored closed at 15-25 degrees Celsius. Keep them in the case supplied, out of direct light, and reseal bottles promptly after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe comparator hardware carries Red Sea's standard manufacturer warranty against faults, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited or excluded by it. As a chemical kit for single use per test, it isn't covered for change-of-mind returns once opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests do I get from one kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100 tests. Reagent refills are sold separately so you can keep reusing the same comparator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need any other equipment to read the result?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The kit is read by eye against the reference card inside the comparator, no photometer required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this in a freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is formulated and rated for saltwater use. Red Sea doesn't publish specifications for freshwater use with this kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152266019,"sku":"RED253","price":90.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-nitrate-pro-testing-43876663132451.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-nitrate-pro-reagent-refill-kit","title":"Red Sea Nitrate Pro Reagent Refill Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is the reagent-only refill for the Red Sea Nitrate Pro Test Kit, restocking your comparator with fresh chemistry for another 100 tests.\u003c\/strong\u003e No need to buy a whole new kit just to keep testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea chemistry\u003c\/strong\u003e — same formulation as the original kit, so readings stay consistent with your test history.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 tests per refill\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches the full kit's count, without paying for the comparator again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCadmium reduction method\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same lab-grade colorimetric process used in the full kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests per refill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReagent A, Reagent B, Reagent C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrate (NO3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Nitrate Pro Test Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED253a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100774762\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree reagent bottles — A, B and C — dosed to match the original Nitrate Pro protocol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comparator, colour disc, glass vial and syringe. Requires the original Nitrate Pro Test Kit hardware and is not a standalone test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep reagents in their original bottles, in a cool, dry, well-ventilated spot away from direct sunlight and temperature swings. Reagent A is corrosive and Reagent B can irritate skin, so keep both capped and out of reach of kids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited or excluded by it. Because the reagents are classified as dangerous goods for transport, they are shipped in their original, sealed bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the comparator?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. You need your existing Nitrate Pro comparator, colour disc and vial to run the tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this with another brand's comparator?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The reagents are dosed specifically for the Red Sea Nitrate Pro system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152298787,"sku":"RED253a","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-nitrate-pro-reagent-43876663165219.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-phosphate-pro-testing-kit-100-tests","title":"Red Sea Phosphate Pro Testing Kit 100 Tests","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasures phosphate down to the level that actually shapes coral colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Phosphate Pro is a colour-comparator test kit built for reef aquariums, where the difference between a healthy SPS system and a nuisance-algae outbreak often sits inside a range most hobby test kits can't resolve. It reads 0–5 ppm PO4 to an accuracy of ±0.02 ppm, giving a result precise enough to guide dosing rather than just confirm phosphate is present.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–5 ppm range at ±0.02 ppm accuracy\u003c\/strong\u003e — resolves the low readings that matter in a reef tank, where many kits can't distinguish 0.05 ppm from 0.15 ppm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour comparator method\u003c\/strong\u003e — no digital meter to calibrate, no photometer needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — weekly testing for close to two years before a refill is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReagent refill available\u003c\/strong\u003e — restock the chemistry without buying the comparator again\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart of the Red Sea Reef Care Program\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed to be read alongside Nitrate Pro results to guide biological nutrient reduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–5 ppm PO4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccuracy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±0.02 ppm PO4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests per kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTest method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour comparator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater (reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRefill available\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — Red Sea Phosphate Pro Reagent Refill Kit, 100 tests\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComparator block and viewer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest vials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReagents for 100 tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReading the result\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own nutrient management guidance gives different phosphate targets depending on what the system is aiming for, not one single correct number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget PO4\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMixed reef \/ SPS frag tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.08–0.12 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS-dominant system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.01–0.02 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltra-low nutrient system (ULNS)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 ppm (undetectable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for saltwater and reef aquariums monitoring phosphate as part of a nutrient control or dosing routine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for freshwater test panels — the range and colour scale are calibrated to reef-tank chemistry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for ICP testing where lab-grade trace-element precision is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-phosphate-pro-reagent-refill-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Phosphate Pro Reagent Refill Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — restock the chemistry once the 100 tests are used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-multi-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for a broader saltwater parameter panel alongside phosphate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReagents carry a use-by date printed on the pack — check it before testing, since expired reagents give false readings. Consumer guarantees apply under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer terms. Standard parcel delivery applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests does this kit include?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e100 tests. A weekly testing routine will run for close to two years before the reagents need restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the full kit or the reagent refill?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuy the full kit if this is your first Phosphate Pro test kit — you need the comparator and vials. If you already own a Phosphate Pro comparator and only need fresh chemistry, the reagent refill restores the same 100 tests at a lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this on a freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's built and calibrated for saltwater reef chemistry. A freshwater-specific phosphate test is a better fit for planted or community tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat phosphate reading should I be aiming for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the system — see the target range table above. A mixed reef sits higher than an SPS-dominant or ultra-low-nutrient system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy does my phosphate reading not match my nitrate reading?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003ePhosphate and nitrate don't always move together — test both, since Red Sea's nutrient control approach reads the two side by side rather than in isolation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152331555,"sku":"RED254","price":90.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-phosphate-pro-testin-43876663197987.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-phosphate-pro-reagent-refill-kit","title":"Red Sea Phosphate Pro Reagent Refill Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestock the chemistry, not the comparator.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the genuine Red Sea reagent refill for the Phosphate Pro test kit — the same 0–5 ppm PO4 chemistry at ±0.02 ppm accuracy, without paying for a new comparator block and vials you already own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 tests\u003c\/strong\u003e — restores the full test count of a Phosphate Pro kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSame accuracy as the full kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — 0–5 ppm PO4 at ±0.02 ppm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh, in-date reagents\u003c\/strong\u003e — aged reagents drift and give false-low or false-high readings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower cost than a full kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — no comparator or vials included, because you don't need them again\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Phosphate Pro Testing Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests per refill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–5 ppm PO4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccuracy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±0.02 ppm PO4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater (reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eReagents for 100 tests\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis refill does not include the comparator block or viewer — it restocks chemistry only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for existing owners of the Red Sea Phosphate Pro comparator kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable as a standalone test kit — you need the original comparator to read results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-phosphate-pro-testing-kit-100-tests\"\u003eRed Sea Phosphate Pro Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the full kit, if you don't already own the comparator\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReagents carry a use-by date printed on the pack. Consumer guarantees apply under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer terms. Standard parcel delivery applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this work with my existing Phosphate Pro kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — it's the genuine Red Sea refill and restores the same 100-test chemistry the full kit ships with.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include a new comparator?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It's reagents only. Keep using your existing comparator block and viewer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when to reorder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the use-by date on the reagents and reorder before it passes — expired reagents give unreliable readings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same chemistry as a brand-new kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — same 0–5 ppm range and ±0.02 ppm accuracy as the full Phosphate Pro kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152364323,"sku":"RED254a","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-phosphate-pro-reagen-46119440384291.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-potassium-pro-reagent-refill-kit","title":"Red Sea Potassium Pro Reagent Refill Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestock the chemistry, not the titrator.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the genuine Red Sea reagent refill for the Potassium Pro test kit — the same 150–450 ppm titration chemistry, without paying for a new titrator you already own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40 tests\u003c\/strong\u003e — restores the full test count of a Potassium Pro kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSame 150–450 ppm range and titration method as the full kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh, in-date reagents\u003c\/strong\u003e — aged reagents give an unreliable titration endpoint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower cost than a full kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — no titrator included, because you don't need it again\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Potassium Pro Test Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests per refill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150–450 ppm K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTest method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater (reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eReagents A, B and C, plus titrant, for 40 tests\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis refill does not include the titrator or test vial — it restocks chemistry only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for existing owners of the Red Sea Potassium Pro titrator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable as a standalone test kit — you need the original titrator to run a test\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-potassium-pro-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Potassium Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the full kit, if you don't already own the titrator\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReagents carry a use-by date printed on the pack. Consumer guarantees apply under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer terms. Standard parcel delivery applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this work with my existing Potassium Pro kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — it's the genuine Red Sea refill and restores the same 40-test chemistry the full kit ships with.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include a new titrator?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It's reagents only. Keep using your existing titrator and vial.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when to reorder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the use-by date on the reagents and reorder before it passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same chemistry as a brand-new kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — same 150–450 ppm range and titration method as the full Potassium Pro kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152429859,"sku":"RED256a","price":88.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-potassium-pro-reagen-46119441105187.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit","title":"Red Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree tests corals actually run out of, in one titration kit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit measures calcium, alkalinity (KH) and magnesium — the three elements stony corals consume fastest as they build skeleton — using the same titration method reef keepers trust for lab-grade accuracy. It replaces three separate single-parameter kits with one box and one titrator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree tests, one kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — calcium, alkalinity and magnesium in a single titration-based kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e75 tests per parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e — 225 individual readings across the three elements before reagents run out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTitration accuracy\u003c\/strong\u003e — a colour-change endpoint read against a graduated titrator, rather than a colour-matched strip or card.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividually refillable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea sells single-parameter reagent refills, so a heavily used parameter doesn't force replacing the whole kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart of the Reef Care testing range\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed to pair with Red Sea's Foundation A\/B\/C dosing elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMethod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium (Ca)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±2.5 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlkalinity (KH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±0.025 meq\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnesium (Mg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±10 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU RED257, barcode 7290100772102. The kit includes analytical-grade glass vials and a high-precision titrator; each parameter has an effectively unlimited range read off the titrator scale rather than a fixed card range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTarget ranges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCalcium, alkalinity and magnesium are reef-keeping parameters — this kit is built for marine reef systems rather than freshwater, so the ranges below are the ones that matter for it:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical mixed reef\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSPS-focused \/ high-growth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380–450 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420–450 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlkalinity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–12 dKH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–9 dKH, held stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnesium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250–1,350 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300–1,350 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsistency matters more than hitting an exact number — corals tolerate a range far better than they tolerate a parameter swinging inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat to do when a reading is out of range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause calcium, alkalinity and magnesium are consumed together as corals build skeleton, a low reading on one is often a sign to check the others rather than dose that one element in isolation. Red Sea's Foundation A (calcium\/strontium), Foundation B (alkalinity) and Foundation C (magnesium) supplements are formulated to correct each parameter without pulling the others out of balance when dosed to this kit's readings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReagents have a shelf life — check the use-by date before relying on a result that looks unusual, and replace reagents rather than stretching them past date. Rinse titration vials between tests to avoid cross-contaminating readings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law. Reagents are a standard parcel item with no special freight handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-energy-plus\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Energy Plus\u003c\/a\u003e — feeding drives coral growth, and growth is what consumes the calcium, alkalinity and magnesium this kit tracks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Foundation A, B and C elements, to correct whichever of the three readings comes back low.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests do I actually get?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e75 tests for each of calcium, alkalinity and magnesium — 225 individual readings in total, run from the one kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this kit for freshwater or marine tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarine reef systems. Calcium, alkalinity and magnesium at reef concentrations aren't parameters freshwater or FOWLR-only tanks need to track in the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to test all three every time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey move together, so testing only one can hide a problem in another. Most reef keepers run all three on the same day, weekly on a stable tank or more often while dialling in a new dosing regime.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and single-parameter kits?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame titration method and accuracy — this kit just bundles the three tests corals draw on together into one box, with one titrator instead of three.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I buy refills instead of a whole new kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Red Sea sells single-parameter reagent refills for calcium, alkalinity and magnesium separately, so a parameter you test more often doesn't force replacing the full kit early.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152495395,"sku":"RED257","price":122.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-43876663591203.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-colours-pro-multi-testing-kit","title":"Red Sea Reef Colours Pro Multi Testing Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe three colour elements, tested in one kit before you dose.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reef Colours Pro Multi Test Kit measures iodine, potassium and iron — the trace elements behind Red Sea's Trace-Colors coral colouration program. Trace elements have a narrower safe range than calcium or magnesium, so Red Sea's own guidance is to test before every dose rather than follow a fixed schedule. This kit is what makes that possible without buying three separate test kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree parameters, one kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — iodine, potassium and iron, each with its own dedicated test method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColorimetric and titration methods\u003c\/strong\u003e — iodine and iron are read by colour comparator, potassium by titration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs directly with dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — each result maps to a specific Trace-Colors supplement (A for iodine, B for potassium, C for iron).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40 to 50 tests per parameter\u003c\/strong\u003e — potassium's titration reagent is the limiting factor at 40 full tests; see Specifications for the breakdown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of tests\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccuracy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMethod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIodine (I2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–0.09 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±0.03 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColorimetric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePotassium (K)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150–450 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±12 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron (Fe)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–0.09 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±0.05 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColorimetric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat to do when a reading is out of range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReading\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorrect with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIodine low\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-iodine-trace-colours-a\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Iodine+ Trace Colours A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePotassium low\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-potassium-trace-coral-b\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Potassium+ Trace Coral B\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron low\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-iron-trace-colours-c\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Iron+ Trace Colours C\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef aquariums running or considering the Trace-Colors A\/B\/C\/D coral colouration program, and anyone wanting to confirm trace element levels before dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater aquariums, or as a general water quality kit — it doesn't test calcium, alkalinity, magnesium, ammonia, nitrite or nitrate. Pair it with the Reef Foundation Pro kit for those.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore reagents away from direct sunlight at room temperature, and keep bottle caps tightly closed between uses to prevent contamination. Check the use-by date printed on each reagent bottle before testing, and replace individual reagents as they run out rather than the whole kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-potassium-trace-coral-b\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Potassium+ Trace Coral B\u003c\/a\u003e — corrects a low potassium reading from this kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-iodine-trace-colours-a\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Iodine+ Trace Colours A\u003c\/a\u003e — corrects a low iodine reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — tests calcium, alkalinity and magnesium alongside this kit's trace elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard consumer guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships standard courier — no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the kit list a different number of tests for each parameter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach parameter uses its own reagent, consumed at a different rate per test. Potassium's titration method uses more reagent per test than the colorimetric methods for iodine and iron, so its 40-test count is the practical limit on how many full three-parameter cycles the kit supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need this kit if I only dose one Trace-Colors element?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou only need to test the elements you're dosing. If you're running the full four-part Trace-Colors program (A, B, C and D), this kit covers the three that have direct tests — iodine, potassium and iron.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I buy replacement reagents instead of a new kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — individual reagent refills are available so you don't need to replace the comparator or titration equipment once a single reagent runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow is this different from the Reef Foundation Pro kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eReef Colours Pro tests the trace colour elements — iodine, potassium and iron. Reef Foundation Pro tests the major skeletal elements — calcium, alkalinity and magnesium. Most reef keepers running a full dosing program use both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs titration harder to use than a colour comparator?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes a little more care — you're counting drops to a colour-change endpoint rather than matching a colour card — but it's the standard method for measuring potassium accurately at reef-relevant concentrations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152560931,"sku":"RED258","price":159.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-colours-pro-mul-43876663623971.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-nutrients-control-multi-test-kit-no3-po4","title":"Red Sea Nutrients Control Multi Test Kit (NO3\/PO4)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoth nutrient numbers in one kit, at reef-tank resolution.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Nutrients Control Multi Test Kit measures nitrate and phosphate together — the pair that between them decide coral colour, growth, and whether nuisance algae gets a foothold. It's a colorimetric comparator kit: dose the reagents, match the colour against the printed reference card, and read the result. No titration, no meter to calibrate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTests nitrate and phosphate in one box\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100 tests for each parameter, so you're not buying and tracking two separate kits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReef-relevant range\u003c\/strong\u003e — nitrate 0–64 ppm and phosphate 0–5 ppm, covering everything from a heavily stocked fish-only tank down to a low-nutrient reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine enough resolution for reef dosing decisions\u003c\/strong\u003e — nitrate to 0.125 ppm, phosphate to 0.02 ppm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComparator format\u003c\/strong\u003e — no titration technique to learn, no drop-counting errors; read the colour against the card.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Red Sea's Reef Care Program\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same nitrate and phosphate numbers this kit reads are what the NO3:PO4-X dosing chart is based on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRed Sea Nutrients Control Multi Test Kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED259\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTests included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 nitrate tests, 100 phosphate tests\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrate range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–64 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrate resolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.125 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphate range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–5 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphate resolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.02 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMethod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColorimetric comparator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for marine and reef aquarists tracking nitrate and phosphate as part of a nutrient control or algae management routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable as the weekly check while dosing \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-no3-po4-x-1l\"\u003eRed Sea NO3:PO4-X\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for a digital nitrate\/phosphate monitor where continuous logging is needed — this is a manual, on-demand test.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the kit closed, away from direct light and extremes of temperature, and check reagents haven't passed their use-by date before a critical test. Rinse test vials thoroughly between uses so residue from one test doesn't skew the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-no3-po4-x-1l\"\u003eRed Sea NO3:PO4-X 1 L\u003c\/a\u003e — the nitrate and phosphate reducer this kit's readings are used to dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-phosphate-pro-testing-kit-100-tests\"\u003eRed Sea Phosphate Pro Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — a higher-resolution titration option if you need finer phosphate readings than the comparator format gives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Red Sea's standard product warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and Red Sea's Pro test kits?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit uses a colorimetric comparator — you match a colour against a printed card. Red Sea's Pro range (sold separately) uses titration for finer resolution. The comparator format here is faster and simpler for routine weekly checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests does the kit actually include?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100 nitrate tests and 100 phosphate tests — enough for roughly two years of weekly testing on both parameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this kit to set my NO3:PO4-X dosing rate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Red Sea's NO3:PO4-X dosing chart is keyed to nitrate and phosphate readings in exactly the ranges this kit measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this kit work for freshwater tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's formulated and ranged for marine and reef use. A freshwater-specific nitrate or phosphate kit will give more usable resolution at freshwater's typically lower target levels.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152593699,"sku":"RED259","price":128.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-nutrients-control-mu-43876663656739.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-tank-net-screen","title":"Red Sea Tank Net Screen","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clear roof that keeps jumpers in the tank where they belong.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Tank Net Screen is a customisable DIY cover kit — an aluminium profile frame, fine transparent netting and a spline-and-roller fitting system — that you trim to the exact dimensions of your own aquarium. It stops wrasses, gobies, eels, jumping shrimp and other known escape artists going over the rim, while still passing light and air to the water below. Sold in five frame lengths from 60 cm to 180 cm, and built to be cut down to size rather than sold as a fixed, one-size cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrims to your tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — the aluminium profile and netting are supplied to the kit's stated length and cut down with the included spline roller and tools, so the finished frame matches your rim rather than a generic size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine, near-invisible mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e — the netting is a fine transparent weave that keeps the display visible and doesn't meaningfully block light reaching corals or plants below it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn-rim or on-rim fitting\u003c\/strong\u003e — the hanging clips let the frame sit inside a rimmed tank or perch on top of a rimless one, so one system covers most common tank styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne equipment cut-out included\u003c\/strong\u003e — every kit includes the components for a single trimmed opening for a filter, heater cable or plumbing pass-through; extra cut-outs are sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release clips\u003c\/strong\u003e — unclip the frame for feeding, netting a fish or routine maintenance, then reseat it without re-trimming anything.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpares available\u003c\/strong\u003e — profile rails, hanging clips and cut-out tools are all sold separately, for extending a frame, repairing one, or adding a second equipment opening later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED260\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770962\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano and small tanks up to about 60 cm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED261\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770979\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard tanks around 90 cm (2–2.5 ft) long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED262\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770986\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour-foot-class tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED263\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770993\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFive-foot tanks and larger community or reef displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED264\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100771006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSix-foot tanks and large reef systems, including Red Sea REEFER and MAX models at the top of their size range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe frame is trimmed down from these lengths on installation, so where your tank falls between two sizes, order the next size up and cut it to fit rather than trying to stretch the size below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed to be trimmed to size rather than sold pre-cut, so it fits rimless, plastic-rim and eurobrace tank styles of a matching or shorter length — including Red Sea's own REEFER and MAX ranges as well as tanks from other manufacturers. It is not a stretch-to-fit product: buy for the length of your tank, not the volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium profile sections for the selected size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent net mesh, cut to the kit size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorner brackets and hanging clips to mount the frame to the rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpline and a spline roller tool, used to press the net into the profile channel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComponents for one equipment cut-out (a filter, heater or plumbing opening)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e additional cut-out kits beyond the first, spare hanging clips, and spare profile rail if a frame is later extended or repaired — all sold separately below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e open-top freshwater and marine tanks with jump-prone fish or invertebrates, and reef tanks wanting an escape guard that doesn't block light or gas exchange. Suits rimless, plastic-rim and eurobrace tank styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks longer than the frame size ordered — buy the next size up and trim down rather than trying to stretch a short frame. It's a jump guard, not a sealed lid, so it won't meaningfully slow evaporation or stop a determined climber that can grip glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse salt creep and algae film off the frame, clips and mesh periodically — a build-up on the netting is the usual cause of a screen that looks sagged or discoloured rather than any fault in the frame itself. Check clips are fully seated after any tank-side work, since a half-clipped corner is the common cause of an escape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-cut-out-15-40mm\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Cut-Out Tool\u003c\/a\u003e — for a second or third equipment opening beyond the one included in the kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-hanging-clips\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Hanging Clips\u003c\/a\u003e — spare clips if one is lost or damaged during maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-profile\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Profile\u003c\/a\u003e — spare or extension rail if a frame needs lengthening or a section is damaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, which apply in addition to anything the manufacturer offers. This is a lightweight, standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cut the frame myself?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit is supplied at its stated length and trimmed down with the included spline roller and tools to match your tank's exact dimensions — it isn't sold pre-cut to a fixed size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it block light to my corals or plants?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mesh is a fine, transparent weave designed to pass light through with minimal loss, so it's suited to reef and planted tanks as well as fish-only setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I fit it to a Red Sea REEFER or MAX tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the system is designed to fit Red Sea's own aquarium ranges as well as other rimless, plastic-rim and eurobrace tanks, trimmed to your model's dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat if I need more than one equipment opening?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit includes the components for a single cut-out. Additional cut-out kits, for a second filter intake or plumbing run, are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I fit it — inside the rim or on top?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are possible with the same kit. The hanging clips let the frame sit inside a rimmed tank or rest on top of a rimless one, depending on your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"60cm","offer_id":54774152626467,"sku":"RED260","price":97.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"90cm","offer_id":55335334183203,"sku":"RED261","price":113.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"120cm","offer_id":55335334215971,"sku":"RED262","price":131.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150cm","offer_id":55335334248739,"sku":"RED263","price":158.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"180cm","offer_id":55335334281507,"sku":"RED264","price":182.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-46119441400099.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-tank-net-screen-cut-out-15-40mm","title":"Red Sea Tank Net Screen Cut Out 15\/40mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean equipment openings that don't fray the mesh.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Tank Net Screen Cut-Out Tool makes a neat, finished 15–40 mm opening in a Red Sea Tank Net Screen — for a filter intake, heater cable, plumbing or probe to pass through — so the edge stays taut and sealed instead of unravelling around a knife-cut hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eField\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll Red Sea Tank Net Screen kits, 60–180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR42085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpening size range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhat it includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZigZag 15 Left, ZigZag 15 Right, ZigZag 40 Left, ZigZag 40 Right (one cut-out opening set)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold as\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle additional cut-out opening (net screen frame not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15–40 mm opening range\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers the great majority of filter intakes, heater cables, probe leads and small plumbing runs without needing a custom hole cut freehand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinished edge\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cut-out frames the opening so the surrounding mesh stays taut and doesn't fray or sag over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits every Tank Net Screen size\u003c\/strong\u003e — works with all five Red Sea Tank Net Screen kits, 60 cm to 180 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUses the same spline system\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits into the profile using the same spline-and-roller method as the rest of the frame, so no extra tools are needed beyond what the net screen kit already includes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComponents for one additional equipment cut-out opening, 15–40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e a Tank Net Screen frame itself. This is an accessory for a net screen you already own, or one ordered separately — see the Tank Net Screen product for the frame kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my net screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on any Red Sea Tank Net Screen kit (60–180 cm). Each net screen kit already includes the parts for one cut-out; this product is for a second opening, or for adding an opening you didn't need when the frame was first assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e owners of a Red Sea Tank Net Screen who need a second or third equipment pass-through, or who are adding new gear (a probe, a doser line, an extra heater) after the original screen was fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e openings wider than 40 mm — large plumbing runs or bulkier equipment will need a bigger custom opening, which this tool isn't sized for. It's an accessory for an existing Red Sea net screen, not a standalone product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse salt creep from the cut-out edge along with the rest of the frame during routine cleaning — a crusted edge is what eventually lets the mesh fray at the opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen\u003c\/a\u003e — the frame kit this tool is designed to work with.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-hanging-clips\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Hanging Clips\u003c\/a\u003e — spare clips for the same system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-profile\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Profile\u003c\/a\u003e — spare or extension frame rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, which apply in addition to anything the manufacturer offers. A small, lightweight parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need this if I already used the cut-out in my net screen kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if you need a second or later opening. Every Tank Net Screen kit already includes the parts for one cut-out — this product is the spare for an additional opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size equipment does it suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpenings from 15 mm up to 40 mm, which covers most filter intakes, heater cables, probe leads and small-diameter plumbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work with any size Tank Net Screen?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's compatible with all five Red Sea Tank Net Screen kit sizes, 60 cm through to 180 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152790307,"sku":"RED265","price":15.4,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-cut--10135199613219-1-dq.webp?v=1790372840"},{"product_id":"red-sea-tank-net-screen-universal-cut-out-kit","title":"Red Sea Tank Net Screen Universal Cut Out Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat, fray-free openings for cables and equipment through any Red Sea net screen.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Tank Net Screen Universal Cut-Out Kit (R42086) is the trim kit that lets you cut a clean, finished opening in a Red Sea Tank Net Screen wherever a light arm, return pipe, filter intake or cable needs to pass through the mesh. It works on any Red Sea net screen size, on new installs and existing screens alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinished edges\u003c\/strong\u003e — the corner and profile pieces bind the cut mesh edge so it can't fray or unravel with handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-piece trim set\u003c\/strong\u003e — external corner, internal corner and cut-out profile, enough to frame one custom opening of your own size and shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits any Tank Net Screen size\u003c\/strong\u003e — works across Red Sea's full 24\"–72\" net screen range, not tied to one model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the mesh under tension\u003c\/strong\u003e — a trimmed opening holds its shape instead of sagging or pulling at the surrounding netting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR42086\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal corner (A), internal corner (B), cut-out profile (P3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium trim, matched to the Tank Net Screen frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting custom equipment pass-throughs in Red Sea Tank Net Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a universal kit, not sized to one screen — it fits the cut-out you make yourself, so it works on any Red Sea Tank Net Screen: 24\" x 24\" (R42080), 36\" x 24\" (R42081), 48\" x 31\" (R42082), 60\" x 31\" (R42083) and 72\" x 31\" (R42084). These screens are sized to Red Sea's REEFER and MAX ranges and mount in-rim or on-rim, so check which screen size matches your tank before ordering — this kit adds a cut-out to a screen you already own or are ordering alongside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to anyone running lighting arms, return plumbing, wavemaker cables or dosing lines over an open-top tank fitted with a Red Sea net screen, where the standard screen has no pre-cut opening in the right place. Not a replacement net screen in its own right — it's a trim accessory for modifying one you already have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePairs with any size of Red Sea Tank Net Screen, and with the equipment actually passing through the cut-out — ReefLED mounting arms, ReefWave pump cables and return or drain plumbing are the most common reasons to reach for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. A small, light accessory — standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need one kit per opening?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — each kit trims one custom opening. If your setup needs pass-throughs in more than one spot, order a kit for each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work on an older Tank Net Screen?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's designed as a universal trim for the current Red Sea Tank Net Screen range across all five sizes, so it fits any screen from that range regardless of when it was purchased.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it to widen an existing factory cut-out?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's designed for cutting a new opening in solid mesh. Extending an existing factory cut-out isn't its intended use — check with us before attempting it if that's what you need.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152823075,"sku":"RED266","price":17.6,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-univ-43876663787811.webp?v=1790239005"},{"product_id":"red-sea-tank-net-screen-hanging-clips","title":"Red Sea Tank Net Screen Hanging Clips","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe clips that keep your net screen seated.\u003c\/strong\u003e These Red Sea Tank Net Screen Hanging Clips secure the screen frame to your aquarium rim — in-rim or on-rim — holding it firmly in place against curious fish, a knock during maintenance, or a draught from an open window, while still unclipping in seconds when you need access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eField\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll Red Sea Tank Net Screen kits, 60–180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR42087\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 clips per pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorks in-rim or on-rim; quick-release\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold as\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpare\/replacement clip set (frame and screen sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea spares\u003c\/strong\u003e — the correct hanging clips for the Tank Net Screen system, matched to the profile frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure hold\u003c\/strong\u003e — seats the frame firmly on the rim so it doesn't lift or shift during routine tank work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release\u003c\/strong\u003e — unclip for feeding, netting a fish, or full maintenance access, then reseat without re-trimming anything.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn-rim or on-rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — works whether the frame sits inside a rimmed tank or rests on top of a rimless one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen hanging clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the net screen frame, profile or mesh itself — this is a spare\/replacement part for an existing Red Sea Tank Net Screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my net screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all Red Sea Tank Net Screen kit sizes, 60 cm to 180 cm — the clip design is shared across the size range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e replacing a lost, cracked or worn clip on an existing Red Sea Tank Net Screen, or keeping a spare on hand — clips are the part most likely to go missing during a big maintenance day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e use as a general-purpose aquarium clip on non-Red Sea net screens or unrelated equipment; it's sized specifically for this profile system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse salt creep off clips periodically so they keep releasing cleanly, and check each corner is fully seated after any tank-side work — a half-clipped corner is the most common cause of an escape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen\u003c\/a\u003e — the frame kit these clips are designed for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-cut-out-15-40mm\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Cut-Out Tool\u003c\/a\u003e — for adding an extra equipment opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-profile\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Profile\u003c\/a\u003e — spare or extension frame rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, which apply in addition to anything the manufacturer offers. A small, lightweight parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill these fit my size of Tank Net Screen?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the hanging clips are the same design across all five Red Sea Tank Net Screen kit sizes, 60 cm to 180 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy would I need spare clips?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClips are small and handled every time you access the tank, so they're the part most often dropped, cracked or misplaced during a big maintenance session — worth keeping a spare set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo the clips work for both in-rim and on-rim fitting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the same clips secure the frame whether it's sitting inside a rimmed tank or resting on top of a rimless one.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774152855843,"sku":"RED267","price":21.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-hang-43876663820579.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-tank-net-screen-profile","title":"Red Sea Tank Net Screen Profile","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame rails for your Red Sea net screen.\u003c\/strong\u003e These Red Sea Tank Net Screen Profile rails form the aluminium frame that holds the mesh taut across the top of the aquarium — sold as a matched pair, so you can build a new screen, extend an existing one to a larger tank, or replace a bowed or damaged rail on a frame you already own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same aluminium section used in the Tank Net Screen kits, matched to the spline-and-clip system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold as a pair\u003c\/strong\u003e — two lengths per pack, for the two long sides of a frame or for extending both sides of an existing one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut to size\u003c\/strong\u003e — trim the rails to your exact tank dimensions, the same way as the profile in a full kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo length options\u003c\/strong\u003e — 91 cm or 183 cm pairs, to match small repairs through to large reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e91 cm (2 pieces)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED269\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770948\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRepairing or extending a 60–90 cm class net screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e183 cm (2 pieces)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED271\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100770931\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRepairing or extending a 120–180 cm class net screen, or building a new large frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the length that comfortably covers the side you're repairing or extending — the rails are cut down to the exact fit, so a longer pair trimmed to size works even where the finished measurement falls short of the pack length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x aluminium profile rails, at the selected length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e netting, spline, corner brackets or hanging clips — this is the profile rail only. See the Tank Net Screen product for a complete kit, or the other spare parts below for clips and cut-outs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my net screen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the Red Sea Tank Net Screen system across all kit sizes — the profile section is shared, so a 91 cm or 183 cm pair can repair or extend any Tank Net Screen frame once trimmed to the length you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e repairing a bent, cracked or bowed rail; extending an existing frame to a larger tank after an upgrade; building a new frame from spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e use as a stand-alone tank cover — the profile needs mesh, spline, corners and clips (from a full Tank Net Screen kit) to function as a screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse salt creep off the rail periodically, and check for bowing or cracking at the corners — a rail under repeated stress at one point is more likely to fail there than along its length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen\u003c\/a\u003e — the complete kit, including mesh, spline, corners and clips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-hanging-clips\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Hanging Clips\u003c\/a\u003e — spare clips for the same system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-cut-out-15-40mm\"\u003eRed Sea Tank Net Screen Cut-Out Tool\u003c\/a\u003e — for adding an equipment opening to a repaired or extended frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, which apply in addition to anything the manufacturer offers. A lightweight parcel item; the 183 cm pair ships in a longer box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this to build a screen from scratch?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe profile rail on its own is frame only — you'll also need mesh, spline, corner brackets and clips, which come together in the full Tank Net Screen kit. Use this product to repair or extend a frame you already have those parts for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich length do I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the pair that comfortably covers the side you're repairing or extending, then trim down — 91 cm suits smaller repairs, 183 cm suits larger frames or bigger extensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit any Tank Net Screen size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the profile section is shared across the whole Tank Net Screen range and is cut to length on installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"91cm 2 Pieces","offer_id":54774152888611,"sku":"RED269","price":65.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"183cm 2 Pieces","offer_id":55335334314275,"sku":"RED271","price":89.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-tank-net-screen-prof-43876663918883.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplaces the calcium and strontium a growing reef draws out of the water every day.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's Foundation A (Calcium+) is a concentrated calcium and strontium supplement, dosed alongside Foundation B (alkalinity) and Foundation C (magnesium) as part of Red Sea's three-part Foundation programme for reef aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalcium and strontium in seawater ratio\u003c\/strong\u003e — replenishes what stony corals consume building skeleton.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcentrated liquid\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 2 ppm; no mixing required, dose straight from the bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned to be dosed alongside Foundation B and C\u003c\/strong\u003e, in that ratio, for balanced reef chemistry rather than a calcium-only fix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 500 mL, 1 L and 5 L, for hand-dosing through to automated systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with a Red Sea Reef Foundation test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e to set the dose from your own measured calcium uptake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED280 (500 mL) \/ RED280b (1 L) \/ RED280a (5 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100772157 (500 mL) \/ 7290100773789 (1 L) \/ 7290100773918 (5 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition in programme\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoundation A of 3 (A: Calcium + Strontium, B: Alkalinity, C: Magnesium)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater (reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual or dosing pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosing and elemental targets\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by approximately 2 ppm. Red Sea's published starting rates by reef type:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReef type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical daily dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltra-low-nutrient system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMixed reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~3 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS-dominant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~4 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS frag \/ high growth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~6 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eDon't raise calcium by more than 20 ppm in a day — spread larger corrections over several days. When dosing Foundation A, B and C manually together, add magnesium first, then alkalinity, then calcium, about 10 minutes apart, to avoid a local spike that can cloud the water or precipitate elements out of solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs a worked example only: a 300 L mixed reef dosed at the ~3 mL per 100 L per day guide rate uses about 9 mL a day — a 1 L bottle would last roughly 110 days at that rate. Actual use depends entirely on your coral load and test results, which is why we haven't set a fixed cost-per-litre figure on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne bottle of Foundation A (Calcium+) concentrate, in the size selected. Foundation B (Alkalinity) and Foundation C (Magnesium) are sold separately and are needed alongside it to run the full three-part programme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for saltwater reef aquariums running stony or soft coral, clams or coralline algae, where calcium needs topping up against consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for fish-only systems with no calcium demand, and not a substitute for testing — dosing calcium without checking alkalinity and magnesium alongside it can throw the three out of balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the standard manufacturer guarantee against faulty product, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. The 5 L size ships as a heavier parcel; standard delivery otherwise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need Foundation B and C as well?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for balanced chemistry — dosing calcium alone without alkalinity and magnesium keeping pace can push the three out of the ratio corals need, even if calcium itself reads fine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much will this raise my calcium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e1 mL per 100 L raises calcium by about 2 ppm as a stock-solution figure — test before and after a few days of dosing to see your reef's actual response, since coral uptake affects the net change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich size should I buy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e500 mL and 1 L suit hand-dosing on smaller reefs; the 5 L size costs less per mL and suits larger systems or a dosing pump reservoir you don't want to refill often.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose all three Foundation parts at the same time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot at exactly the same moment — Red Sea recommends about 10 minutes between magnesium, alkalinity and calcium when dosing manually, to avoid a local concentration spike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same as the RCP 4-Part kits you sell?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRelated but not identical — the RCP kits bundle Foundation A and B together with the two Colours trace-element bottles at a fixed reef-volume ratio. Foundation A on its own lets you buy calcium separately if your alkalinity or magnesium consumption differs from the standard ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774152954147,"sku":"RED280","price":31.4,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1ltr","offer_id":55335142916387,"sku":"RED280b","price":45.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335142949155,"sku":"RED280a","price":171.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-fo-46119441858851.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b","title":"Red Sea Reef Care KH\/Alkalinity Foundation B","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHolds your reef's most volatile parameter steady.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Reef Foundation B is the ready-to-use liquid alkalinity (KH) component of Red Sea's three-part Reef Foundation program, replenishing the carbonate that corals consume fastest as they build skeleton. It ships as a blend of carbonates balanced to the ratio found in natural seawater, and needs no mixing — measure and dose straight from the bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise, predictable dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 mL per 100 L (25 US gal) raises alkalinity by 0.1 dKH (0.036 meq\/L), so small daily corrections are easy to calculate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced to natural seawater ratios\u003c\/strong\u003e — a blend of carbonates formulated to avoid the ionic imbalances that plain baking soda or washing soda dosing can cause over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with Foundation A and C\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed to be dosed alongside Calcium (A) and Magnesium (C) so alkalinity doesn't rise in isolation and strip the other two.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady to use\u003c\/strong\u003e — no mixing, no RO\/DI water needed, works with any dosing pump or manual dosing routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-low cost per correction\u003c\/strong\u003e — see Cost per litre below; the 5 L pack works out cheapest per dKH raised.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose for +0.1 dKH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eForm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED281\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-to-use liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED281b\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-to-use liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED281a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-to-use liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuying Foundation B by the litre of alkalinity correction, not the bottle price, is the fair way to compare pack sizes. A full 500 mL bottle carries enough to raise 5,000 L of tank water by 1 dKH; the 5 L pack raises 50,000 L by the same 1 dKH. Both round to under 1c per litre on the product tile, but the 5 L is genuinely the cheaper way to buy if you dose a display tank regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLitres raised 1 dKH per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose to measured demand, not to a schedule. Test alkalinity before dosing, then add 1 mL per 100 L of tank water for every 0.1 dKH you need to raise it, split across small daily doses rather than one large correction. KH is the parameter worth testing most often on a reef tank — aim for stability at a chosen number rather than chasing a \"perfect\" figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose Foundation B by hand?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It's sold as a manual-dosing liquid and also works through any peristaltic or gravity dosing pump set up for the Reef Foundation program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I dose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDaily, in small amounts, based on your last test result. Large infrequent corrections cause the swings that trigger coral stress, not the stability the product is designed to hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for marine and reef aquariums running a KH\/alkalinity dosing regime, alongside Foundation A (Calcium) and Foundation C (Magnesium). Not a substitute for regular alkalinity testing — dosing without testing risks overshooting a tank with low demand. Not intended for freshwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep out of reach of children and pets. Avoid prolonged skin and eye contact and rinse with water if it occurs. Store away from direct sunlight. Safe for fish, coral and invertebrates when dosed at the recommended rate — as with any concentrate, don't pour it directly onto livestock or coral tissue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A\u003c\/a\u003e — the calcium half of the same three-part program; alkalinity and calcium need to move together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Magnesium Foundation C\u003c\/a\u003e — magnesium is what lets calcium and alkalinity hold their levels once you've dialled them in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for measuring KH before you dose, not after.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b-powder\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care KH\/Alkalinity Foundation B (Powder)\u003c\/a\u003e — same element in a concentrated dry format, cheaper per litre corrected on larger systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard consumer guarantees in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between Foundation B liquid and Foundation B powder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth replenish the same carbonate alkalinity. The liquid is ready to dose straight from the bottle; the powder is mixed into a stock solution with RO\/DI water and works out cheaper per litre of correction on larger systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose Foundation A, B and C at the same time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose them separately, at different times or through separate dosing pump heads. Mixing concentrated calcium and alkalinity solutions together before dilution can cause them to precipitate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill Foundation B affect my calcium or magnesium levels?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot directly, but raising alkalinity without keeping calcium and magnesium in step is what causes the \"chasing your tail\" swings reef keepers describe — dose all three against their own test results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long will a bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends entirely on your tank's alkalinity demand — a heavily stocked SPS system will use it faster than a soft coral tank. Use the cost-per-litre figures above against your own dosing log to estimate it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153052451,"sku":"RED281","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1ltr","offer_id":55335144194339,"sku":"RED281b","price":45.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335144227107,"sku":"RED281a","price":171.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundat-46119442252067.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Magnesium Foundation C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe element that lets calcium and alkalinity hold their levels.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Reef Foundation C is the ready-to-use liquid magnesium component of the three-part Reef Foundation program. When calcium and KH won't stay balanced no matter how carefully you dose them, low magnesium is nearly always the reason — it's the buffer that keeps calcium carbonate from precipitating out of solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 mL per 100 L (25 US gal) raises magnesium by 1 ppm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStabilises Ca and KH\u003c\/strong\u003e — magnesium at the correct level is what allows calcium and alkalinity to be dosed accurately without one dragging the other down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlend of magnesium salts\u003c\/strong\u003e balanced to the chloride\/sulphate ratio found in natural seawater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady to use\u003c\/strong\u003e — no mixing, works with any dosing pump or manual routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with Foundation A and B\u003c\/strong\u003e — part of the same three-part system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose for +1 ppm Mg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eForm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED282\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-to-use liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED282b\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-to-use liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED282a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady-to-use liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 500 mL bottle carries enough to raise 50,000 L of tank water by 1 ppm magnesium; the 5 L pack raises 500,000 L by the same 1 ppm. At current prices that's about 58c per 1,000 L corrected on the 500 mL bottle, down to roughly 34c per 1,000 L on the 5 L pack — both round to under 1c per litre on the product tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLitres raised 1 ppm Mg per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium moves slowly compared to calcium and KH — test fortnightly rather than daily, and correct gradually. Dose 1 mL per 100 L of tank water for every 1 ppm you need to raise, split over several days for any correction larger than about 20 ppm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat magnesium level should I be targeting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReef tanks are typically run between roughly 1,250 and 1,350 ppm, which is the range that keeps calcium and alkalinity stable at natural seawater ratios. Test your own tank rather than assuming a single \"correct\" number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for marine and reef aquariums running calcium and alkalinity dosing, where magnesium needs to be corrected or maintained alongside them. Not a substitute for testing — magnesium is easy to overshoot if dosed on a schedule rather than to a result. Not intended for freshwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep out of reach of children and pets. Avoid prolonged skin and eye contact and rinse with water if it occurs. Store away from direct sunlight. Safe for fish, coral and invertebrates when dosed at the recommended rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-kh-foundation-b\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care KH\/Alkalinity Foundation B\u003c\/a\u003e — magnesium is what lets this hold its level once dialled in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A\u003c\/a\u003e — the calcium half of the same three-part program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for tracking Mg alongside Ca and KH.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-foundation-c-powder\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Magnesium Foundation C (Powder)\u003c\/a\u003e — same element, concentrated dry format, cheaper per litre on larger systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard consumer guarantees in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy won't my calcium and alkalinity stay balanced even though I dose them carefully?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck magnesium first. Low Mg lets calcium and carbonate react and precipitate out of solution, which shows up as both Ca and KH refusing to hold — correcting magnesium is often what fixes it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow fast can I raise magnesium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlowly. Split any correction larger than about 20 ppm over several days rather than dosing it in one go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the liquid and the powder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth replenish the same magnesium blend. The liquid is ready to dose; the powder is mixed with RO\/DI water into a stock solution and works out cheaper per litre on larger systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this affect my calcium or KH readings?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot directly, but keeping magnesium in range is part of what keeps calcium and alkalinity dosing predictable — test all three together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153150755,"sku":"RED282","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1ltr","offer_id":55335145505059,"sku":"RED282b","price":45.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335145537827,"sku":"RED282a","price":171.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-magnesium-43876664377635.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-iodine-trace-colours-a","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Iodine+ Trace Colours A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea's iodine supplement for pink colour in corals.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Trace Colours A, labelled by Red Sea as Iodine+, is an iodine, bromine and fluorine supplement (these three are halogens, a family of reactive elements) that Red Sea says promotes the pink colours in corals. It is one of four Trace Colours supplements, A to D, into which Red Sea groups the 31 trace and minor elements it has identified in coral skeleton and soft tissue. Sold here in 500 ml and 5 litre bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIodine, bromine and fluorine in one bottle.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea links iodine and bromine to the pink pigment protein in coral tissue, and says the halogens act as both antioxidants and oxidising agents in the soft tissue and mucus layer of corals, reducing the chance of bleaching (corals losing their colour under stress).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurable dose.\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 ml raises the iodine level of 100 litres by 0.03 ppm (parts per million), so you can dose to an iodine test result.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet daily amounts if you prefer.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea gives daily amounts per 100 litres to dose alongside its Reef Foundation A (Calcium+) for common reef types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea name: Trace Colors A, Iodine+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains: iodine, bromine and fluorine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrength: 1 ml raises the iodine level of 100 litres by 0.03 ppm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes: 500 ml and 5 litre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums with stony or soft corals, where you either test iodine or follow Red Sea's daily amounts. Not suitable for fish-only tanks, as it is made for coral colour, and not for dosing by guesswork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's daily amounts per 100 litres of total water volume are: mixed reef 0.3 ml, SPS frag tank 0.6 ml, SPS dominant 0.4 ml and ultra low nutrient SPS 0.2 ml (SPS means small polyp stony corals). Each is dosed alongside Reef Foundation A. Alternatively, test iodine with an iodine test kit and dose to the measured uptake. Do not raise iodine by more than 0.03 ppm a day; spread a larger correction over several days. Add it to the sump (the filter tank under the aquarium), or slowly into an area of strong water flow if you have no sump. Check salinity before testing, then test weekly. Red Sea says a soft coral tank needs only Trace Colours A and B, dosed weekly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIodine becomes toxic above the levels found in natural seawater, so measure every dose and test routinely. Red Sea lists severe shrinking back of the soft tissue on hard corals as a sign of overdose. If you overdose, Red Sea's advice is to change half the water and halve the dose from then on. Never mix Trace Colours A, B, C or D together in one container: the solutions react with each other at bottle strength, so add each to the tank separately. Keep the bottle closed and out of reach of children and pets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153249059,"sku":"RED283","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335147897123,"sku":"RED283a","price":202.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-iodine-tra-43876664639779.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-potassium-trace-coral-b","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Potassium+ Trace Colours B","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea's potassium supplement for red colour in corals.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Trace Colours B, labelled by Red Sea as Potassium+, is the potassium supplement in Red Sea's four part Trace Colours range, A to D, and the one Red Sea links to the red colours in corals. Potassium is its leading element: the one you test to work out how much to add. Sold here in 500 ml and 5 litre bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePotassium supplement\u003c\/strong\u003e for the red colours in corals, as Red Sea describes it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDosed to demand.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's method is to test potassium and add enough to reach the right level, rather than dosing blind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart of a set.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea splits the 31 trace and minor elements it has identified in coral skeleton and soft tissue into four groups, sold as Trace Colours A, B, C and D.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea name: Trace Colors B, Potassium+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeading element: potassium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour Red Sea links it to: red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes: 500 ml and 5 litre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums with stony or soft corals where you can test potassium. Not suitable for fish-only tanks, as it is made for coral colour, or for anyone without a potassium test kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest potassium after first use and after water changes, then dose to bring it back to the right level; the bottle label gives the strength per ml. Do not raise potassium by more than 10 ppm (parts per million) a day; spread a larger correction over several days. Add it to the sump (the filter tank under the aquarium), or slowly into an area of strong water flow if you have no sump. Check salinity before testing, then test weekly. Red Sea says a soft coral tank needs only Trace Colours A and B, dosed weekly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea warns against dosing past safe levels. If you overdose, Red Sea's advice is to change half the water and halve the dose from then on. Never mix Trace Colours A, B, C or D together in one container: the solutions react with each other at bottle strength, so add each to the tank separately. Keep the bottle closed and out of reach of children and pets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153314595,"sku":"RED284","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335147962659,"sku":"RED284a","price":202.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-potassium-43876664672547.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-iron-trace-colours-c","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Iron+ Trace Colours C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea's iron supplement for green colour in corals.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Trace Colours C, labelled by Red Sea as Iron+, supplies iron together with complementary trace elements, and is the part of Red Sea's four part Trace Colours range, A to D, that Red Sea links to the green colours in corals. Iron is its leading element: the one you test to work out how much to add. Sold here in 500 ml and 5 litre bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIron plus complementary trace elements\u003c\/strong\u003e for the green colours in corals, as Red Sea describes it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDosed to demand.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's method is to test iron and add enough to reach the right level, rather than dosing blind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart of a set.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea splits the 31 trace and minor elements it has identified in coral skeleton and soft tissue into four groups, sold as Trace Colours A, B, C and D.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea name: Trace Colors C, Iron+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeading element: iron, with complementary trace elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour Red Sea links it to: green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes: 500 ml and 5 litre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums with stony corals where you can test iron. Not suitable for fish-only tanks, as it is made for coral colour, or for anyone without an iron test kit. Red Sea says a soft coral tank needs only Trace Colours A and B.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest iron after first use and after water changes, then dose to bring it back to the right level; the bottle label gives the strength per ml. Do not raise iron by more than 0.05 ppm (parts per million) a day; spread a larger correction over several days. Add it to the sump (the filter tank under the aquarium), or slowly into an area of strong water flow if you have no sump. Check salinity before testing, then test weekly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea warns against dosing past safe levels. If you overdose, Red Sea's advice is to change half the water and halve the dose from then on. Never mix Trace Colours A, B, C or D together in one container: the solutions react with each other at bottle strength, so add each to the tank separately. Keep the bottle closed and out of reach of children and pets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153380131,"sku":"RED285","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335148323107,"sku":"RED285a","price":202.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-iron-trace-43876672635171.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-bioactive-trace-colours-d","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Bioactive Elements Trace Colours D","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe bioactive trace element part of Red Sea's Trace-Colors range, dosed together with Trace-Colors C.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Trace-Colors D (Bioactive Elements) contains 18 bioactive trace elements. Red Sea describes its Trace-Colors minor and trace elements as necessary for coral vitality and colour, and for refugium algae growth (a refugium is a separate chamber, often in the sump, used to grow macroalgae). It is part of Red Sea's Reef Care Program and its Complete 7-part supplement program. Sold here in 500 ml and 5 litre bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 bioactive trace elements\u003c\/strong\u003e, separate from those in the other three parts: Trace-Colors A (iodine, bromine and fluorine), B (potassium and boron) and C (iron, manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chrome and nickel).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDosed 1:1 with Trace-Colors C\u003c\/strong\u003e, as Red Sea directs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne of four Trace-Colors groups\u003c\/strong\u003e, which Red Sea links as a range to the natural pink, red, green and yellow, and blue and purple coral pigments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Red Sea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct: Trace-Colors D (Bioactive Elements)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContents: 18 bioactive trace elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing: 1:1 with Trace-Colors C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes: 500 ml and 5 litre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums with corals where Trace-Colors C is also being dosed. It is not designed to be used on its own without Trace-Colors C, and it does not supply calcium, alkalinity or magnesium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that trace elements become toxic above the levels found in natural seawater, so the correct dose is crucial. Red Sea recommends its Foundation and Trace-Colors Pro test kits to make sure elements are replaced as they are used up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153445667,"sku":"RED286","price":29.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335148454179,"sku":"RED286a","price":202.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-bioactive-43876672667939.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-coralline-gro","title":"Red Sea Coralline Gro","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoralline spreads when the chemistry suits it, not when you wish.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea KH Coralline Gro is a liquid marine buffer and trace supplement from Red Sea's Marine Care Program. Red Sea describes it as a complex of carbonate buffers, potassium and trace elements such as iron, formulated in the ratio taken up regularly by coralline algae — so it lifts alkalinity and restocks minor elements in the same dose. One millilitre raises the alkalinity of 100 litres by 0.1 dKH. It is intended for fish-only and soft coral systems, and for cycling new marine aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuffer and trace elements in one bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e — carbonate buffers, potassium and trace elements including iron, in the proportions Red Sea states coralline algae consume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA published dose response\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 mL raises alkalinity in 100 L by 0.1 dKH (0.03 meq\/L), so you dose against a test result instead of guessing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaces Reef Foundation B in these systems\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea specifies KH Coralline Gro instead of the Foundation B buffer while cycling a new marine tank, and on an ongoing basis in fish-only or soft coral systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoralline competes with nuisance algae\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's stated rationale is that encrusting coralline takes up the nutrients and rock surface pest algae would otherwise use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree pack sizes, one formulation\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100 mL, 500 mL and 5 L all dose at the same rate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea KH Coralline Gro — Marine Buffer \u0026amp; Trace Supplement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRed Sea program\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine Care Program\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComposition (Red Sea's wording)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbonate buffers, potassium and trace elements such as iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose response\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL raises alkalinity of 100 L by 0.1 dKH (0.03 meq\/L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum daily alkalinity change\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 meq\/L (1.4 dKH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget alkalinity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 3 meq\/L (8.4 dKH) in fish-only and soft coral systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine — fish-only, soft coral, and new tank cycling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDo not use with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Foundation ABC+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL, 500 mL, 5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMatching test kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation KH\/Alkalinity Pro, resolution 0.05 meq\/L (0.14 dKH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWho it suits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e100 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED309\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrialling the product, or a nano marine tank that would not finish a larger bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e500 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED291\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe standard size for most fish-only and soft coral systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e5 L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED291a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge systems dosing daily. Red Sea's own website publishes 100 mL and 500 mL only, so treat the 5 L as a distributor pack size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formulation and the dose rate are identical across all three. Size is only a question of how quickly you get through it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish a fixed millilitres-per-litre dose. The dose is derived from your own alkalinity test, because you are replacing what the tank has consumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSetting the daily dose\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's procedure for boosting coralline algae, from the product manual:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the aquarium for four days at stable salinity, compensating for evaporation daily, without adding any supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest alkalinity and calculate the dose needed to bring it back to target. That is the four-day dosage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the four-day dosage to the system. Divide it by four and use that as the daily dose for the next week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter a week of daily dosing, test again and adjust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep testing weekly and adjusting the daily dose as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe rules that matter\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck salinity and correct it before testing alkalinity, then wait 10 minutes for the water to stabilise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever move alkalinity by more than 0.5 meq\/L (1.4 dKH) in one day. Faster than that stresses corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd it to the sump. With no sump, add it slowly into an area of high flow so it never contacts corals directly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you miss a day or more, add the full missed amount — but not where that would breach the daily ceiling above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCycling a new marine aquarium, where Red Sea specifies it in place of Foundation B\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish-only marine systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft coral systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEncouraging coralline onto bare rock, returns and overflow boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse alongside Red Sea Foundation ABC+.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea states the two should not be used in conjunction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReef systems already dosed for hard corals.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea is blunt about this: coralline algae will grow naturally, without any special supplements, in all reef systems optimised for hard corals. If calcium, alkalinity and magnesium are already held at stony coral levels and you supplement trace elements, this product has nothing to add.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater aquariums. This is a marine formulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the kit Red Sea names for measuring the drop this product replaces. Its 0.05 meq\/L resolution is what makes the four-day method work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-multi-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — pH, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate, for the cycling period when you would be dosing this.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-magnesium-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Magnesium Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — low magnesium is the usual reason alkalinity will not hold its level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-calcium-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Calcium Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — calcium and alkalinity move together and are best read as a pair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/a\u003e — start water changes from a known alkalinity baseline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's 24-month warranty covers manufacturing defects in its aquarium products and expressly excludes consumable items. Red Sea publishes no separate warranty term for its supplements. Any manufacturer warranty is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law and does not limit them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish storage conditions, a shelf life or a safety data sheet for KH Coralline Gro, so this page does not state one. If you need a dangerous goods or air freight classification for the 5 L, contact us before ordering and we will confirm it with the distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much Red Sea KH Coralline Gro do I add per litre?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no fixed per-litre dose. Red Sea sets the dose from a measured alkalinity drop: 1 mL of KH Coralline Gro raises the alkalinity of 100 litres of aquarium water by 0.1 dKH, so you test, calculate the shortfall against your target, and dose to close it — never moving alkalinity more than 0.5 meq\/L (1.4 dKH) in a single day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use KH Coralline Gro and Red Sea Foundation ABC+ together?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea states in the KH Coralline Gro manual that it should not be used in conjunction with Red Sea Foundation ABC+. KH Coralline Gro is used instead of the Reef Foundation B buffer, not alongside the full Foundation program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need KH Coralline Gro if I run a hard coral reef?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. Red Sea states that coralline algae will grow naturally, without any special supplements, in all reef systems optimised for hard corals — meaning systems where calcium, carbonates and magnesium are held at stony coral levels and trace elements are already supplemented. KH Coralline Gro is aimed at fish-only systems, soft coral systems and new tanks being cycled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat alkalinity should I be aiming for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea specifies approximately 3 meq\/L, which is 8.4 dKH, to promote coralline algae in fish-only and soft coral aquariums. That is deliberately lower than the 11 to 12 dKH many stony coral keepers run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich test kit should I use with it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea names its Reef Foundation KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit, which resolves to 0.05 meq\/L (0.14 dKH) across 75 tests. That resolution matters, because the dosing method depends on detecting a small alkalinity drop over four days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhere in the tank do I add it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInto the sump. If the system has no sump, Red Sea says to add the supplement slowly into an area of high water flow to prevent direct contact with the corals.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":54774153609507,"sku":"RED291","price":27.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100ml","offer_id":55335170277667,"sku":"RED309","price":13.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335170310435,"sku":"RED291a","price":255.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-coralline-gro-43876672700707.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-coral-colours-abcd-4-x100ml-bottles-trial-pack","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Coral Colours ABCD 4 x100ml Bottles Trial Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTry the full four-part colour program before committing to full-size bottles.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reef Care Coral Colours ABCD Trial Pack bundles 100 mL bottles of Colours A (Iodine+), B (Potassium+), C (Iron+) and D (Bioactive Elements) — the complete coral colouration system in a size built for testing the program, not running it long-term.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll four Colours supplements in one pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — A, B, C and D, 100 mL each, so you can run the full program without buying four full-size bottles up front.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTargets four separate colour pathways\u003c\/strong\u003e — iodine and halogens for pinks, potassium and boron for reds, iron and trace metals for greens, and a bioactive trace-element blend for blues and overall vitality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDosed to tested demand, not a fixed schedule\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's own guidance ties Colours dosing to measured calcium consumption, not a calendar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre of tank water treated\u003c\/strong\u003e at standard dosing — the trial pack works out to a fraction of a cent per litre across the four bottles combined.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComponent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain elements\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEffect per mL (per 100 L)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum daily increase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIodine, bromine, fluorine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaises iodine by 0.03 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.03 ppm iodine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePotassium, boron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaises potassium by 1.75 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 ppm potassium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron, manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chromium, nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaises iron by 0.02 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.05 ppm iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioactive trace element complex, including silver, gold, vanadium and tungsten\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosed to calcium demand, not tested individually\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published — dose to the general formula\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's general dosing guide is 1 mL of each Colours supplement per 100 L of tank water for every 20 ppm of calcium your system consumes, dosed daily. That ties colour-element dosing to your coral growth rate rather than a fixed schedule. For precise, tested dosing rather than the general formula, pair this pack with the Red Sea Reef Colours Pro test kit, which measures iodine, potassium and iron directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I dose all four at once?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the four are designed to be dosed together, each into a high-flow area of the sump, ideally a few minutes apart rather than mixed together undiluted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat happens if I overdose one of these?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach element carries its own risk. Excess iodine can affect coral soft tissue. Excess potassium tends to show up first as algae growth rather than coral stress. Excess iron is toxic to invertebrates above the recommended level — this is the one to be most careful with in a mixed reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for established reef aquariums running SPS, LPS or mixed coral that show washed-out colouration despite stable core parameters (calcium, alkalinity, magnesium). Not a starting point for a new or unstable tank — get calcium, alkalinity and magnesium dialled in with the Foundation ABC+ range first, since trace-element dosing on an unstable base does little for colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore all four bottles capped, upright and out of direct light. Once you've worked out which elements you go through fastest, the standalone 500 mL and 5 L bottles work out cheaper per litre than repeat trial packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsumable supplement pack — check the use-by date on each bottle, and your rights under Australian Consumer Law apply regardless of any manufacturer date. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Reef Colours Pro test kit — for measuring iodine, potassium and iron rather than dosing on the general formula alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Foundation A, B and C — get calcium, alkalinity and magnesium stable before layering on colour dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Dosing Cap Tube — accurate, repeatable measuring for all four bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this pack enough to run the program long-term?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it's sized for trying the program, not maintaining it. At the general dosing rate, each 100 mL bottle covers roughly 10,000 L of tank water treated over time, which is a matter of weeks on most reef tanks, not months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I buy just the elements my coral needs, rather than all four?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — A, B, C and D are all sold individually in 500 mL and 5 L sizes once you know which your system actually needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the test kit to use this safely?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot strictly, if you follow the general calcium-linked dosing formula. But iron toxicity to invertebrates means testing is the safer path once you're dosing regularly rather than trialling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fix pale coral on its own?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if trace-element depletion is the actual cause. Pale coral is just as often lighting, flow or an unstable calcium\/alkalinity\/magnesium base — rule those out first.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774153675043,"sku":"RED293","price":43.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-coral-colo-43876672766243.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-reef-foundation-abc-3-pack-250ml-ea","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Reef Foundation ABC 3 Pack 250ml ea","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe three skeletal elements, dosed separately, in a trial-friendly size.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Reef Foundation ABC 3-Pack bundles a 250 mL bottle each of Foundation A (calcium and strontium), Foundation B (alkalinity) and Foundation C (magnesium) — the three elements every stony coral consumes fastest. Dosing them as separate liquids, rather than one blended powder, lets you correct each element independently when your tank's uptake isn't balanced across all three.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree elements, three bottles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Foundation A (calcium\/strontium), B (alkalinity) and C (magnesium), dosed and tested independently of one another.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrects uneven uptake\u003c\/strong\u003e — SPS-heavy systems often consume calcium and alkalinity faster than magnesium; separate liquids let you dose only what's actually depleted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 mL trial size\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough to run a nano or small reef for months, or to test the Foundation range before committing to bulk powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre dosed\u003c\/strong\u003e — see Specifications for the full dose-rate breakdown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Foundation A, 1 × Foundation B, 1 × Foundation C, 250 mL each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid concentrate, dosed individually\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation A dose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL raises calcium by approximately 2 ppm per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation B dose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL raises alkalinity by approximately 0.036 meq\/L (0.1 dKH) per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation C dose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL raises magnesium by approximately 1 ppm per 100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef aquariums\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre, per element topped up once\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Pack, 250 mL each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED294\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$56.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the 1 mL per 100 L convention shared by all three elements, each 250 mL bottle tops up roughly 25,000 L worth of dosing across its life — works out to a fraction of a cent per litre for calcium, alkalinity or magnesium individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need? Liquid ABC vs powder ABC+\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation ABC 3-Pack (liquid)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation ABC+ (powder)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach element dosed separately, to its own test result\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne dose covers all three, in a fixed ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystems where uptake is uneven across Ca\/Alk\/Mg — typically SPS-heavy reefs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystems where all three deplete roughly in proportion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFormat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid, ready to dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder, dissolved or dosed dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest calcium, alkalinity and magnesium with the Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit before dosing. Dose each element separately: 1 mL of Foundation A per 100 L raises calcium by approximately 2 ppm; 1 mL of Foundation B per 100 L raises alkalinity by approximately 0.036 meq\/L (0.1 dKH); 1 mL of Foundation C per 100 L raises magnesium by approximately 1 ppm. Retest weekly and adjust each element's dose independently — that's the reason to choose the liquid trio over the ABC+ powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef aquariums, particularly SPS-heavy systems where calcium, alkalinity and magnesium deplete at different rates and need independent correction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater aquariums, or reefs where all three elements track together — the ABC+ powder is simpler for that case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore bottles away from direct sunlight and out of reach of children and pets. Dose accurately — alkalinity in particular can swing pH sharply if overdosed in one go; split large corrections across more than one day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — tests calcium, alkalinity and magnesium to guide each dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-elements-foundation-abc-1kg\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ 1kg\u003c\/a\u003e — the combined powder alternative for balanced-uptake systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard consumer guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships standard courier — no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I buy the liquid 3-pack or the ABC+ powder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the liquid 3-pack if your calcium, alkalinity and magnesium test results drift apart from each other over time — common in SPS-heavy tanks. Choose ABC+ powder if all three consistently deplete together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose all three at once?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, but test first — the value of dosing them separately is correcting only what's actually low, rather than adding all three regardless of need.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does the 3-pack last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the standard 1 mL per 100 L dose rate, each 250 mL bottle covers roughly 25,000 L of cumulative dosing — months for a typical home reef, depending on coral load and tank size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes alkalinity dosing affect pH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Foundation B raises carbonate alkalinity, which buffers pH. Large single doses can move pH quickly; split corrections over several days rather than dosing the full amount at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for a new tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the 250 mL trial size is a common way to start dosing on a new or smaller reef before committing to bulk sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774153707811,"sku":"RED294","price":56.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-reef-found-10135200530723-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"},{"product_id":"red-sea-marine-care-calcium-test-kit","title":"Red Sea Marine Care Calcium Test Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnow your calcium before you dose blind.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Marine Care Calcium Test Kit measures calcium in marine and reef aquariums using a syringe-based titration — count the drops, read the number straight off the syringe, no colour matching to squint at. Calcium is the number one building block for coral and coralline growth, and it drops fastest in the tanks doing the most growing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e75 titration tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough for weekly testing in a busy reef tank for well over a year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelectable resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e — read to 30 ppm for a quick weekly check, or 15 ppm when you need to confirm a dosing change actually moved the number.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTitration method\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 5 mL syringe doses reagent drop by drop until the sample changes colour; the drop count is the reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConversion chart included\u003c\/strong\u003e — the drop count reads straight across to ppm without doing the maths yourself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium (Ca)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMethod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitration (syringe drop-count)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelectable 15 ppm or 30 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTests per kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed, 15–25°C, use before the expiry date printed on the pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes Reagent A (25 mL), Reagent B (20 g), Reagent C (50 mL), a 5 mL syringe, a glass test vial, a measuring spoon and printed instructions with a conversion chart — everything needed for 75 tests. It does not include a magnesium or alkalinity test — calcium, alkalinity and magnesium move together in a reef tank, and testing only one gives an incomplete picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fish-only, mixed reef and SPS-dominated marine systems — anywhere coralline algae, corals or clams are drawing calcium out of the water. Less useful on a fish-only tank with no calcifying life, where calcium rarely needs tracking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTarget ranges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget calcium\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFOWLR (fish only with live rock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380–420 mg\/L — stability matters more than hitting a specific number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMixed reef \/ soft and LPS coral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400–450 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS-dominated reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420–450 mg\/L, held alongside alkalinity 7–9 dKH and magnesium 1,300–1,400 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are marine and reef target ranges. Calcium is not a parameter tracked in freshwater community, planted or African cichlid tanks, so no freshwater target range applies to this kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat to do when the reading is out of range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLow calcium is corrected with a calcium supplement such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A\u003c\/a\u003e, dosed alongside alkalinity and magnesium rather than on its own — moving one element without the others throws off the balance between them. Retest a few days after any dosing change rather than the same day; calcium takes time to equilibrate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep sealed, store between 15–25°C out of direct sun, and check the expiry date printed on the pack before trusting an older kit's result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, in addition to any manufacturer undertaking. Standard parcel freight — no special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — test alongside calcium; the two parameters move together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-magnesium-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Magnesium Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — magnesium stabilises both calcium and alkalinity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-calcium-foundation-a\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Care Calcium+ Foundation A\u003c\/a\u003e — the matching dosing solution when calcium reads low.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I test calcium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeekly in a growing reef tank, fortnightly to monthly in a stable fish-only or soft-coral system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy does my calcium keep dropping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrowing coral and coralline algae consume calcium continuously — the more growth in the tank, the faster it needs replacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I test calcium on its own, or with alkalinity and magnesium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTest all three together where possible. Calcium and alkalinity are inversely linked through the calcification process, and magnesium keeps both in solution — a change in one without checking the others can send you chasing the wrong number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this kit on a freshwater planted tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's formulated and calibrated for marine calcium ranges (350–500+ mg\/L) and isn't the right tool for the much lower calcium levels relevant to freshwater planted tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774153740579,"sku":"RED295","price":40.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-marine-care-calcium-46119451394339.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-marine-care-phosphate-test-kit","title":"Red Sea Marine Care Phosphate Test Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCatch phosphate before it becomes algae.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea Marine Care Phosphate Test Kit measures PO4 in marine and reef aquariums to 0.1 ppm resolution — the nutrient that feeds nuisance algae long before it's visible on the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough for close to two years of weekly testing on one system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.1 ppm resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine enough to catch phosphate creeping up before algae does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDilution step extends the range\u003c\/strong\u003e — readings above 1 ppm are diluted and multiplied, covering roughly up to 17 ppm without a separate high-range kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-card comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e — no equipment beyond the kit itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLinks directly to Red Sea's algae-control dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — the reading tells you how hard to dose, not just that there's a problem.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTests per kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 – 1 ppm PO4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtended range (with dilution)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eup to approx. 17 ppm PO4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 ppm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTime to result\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 8 minutes (6 minutes colour development, 2 minutes comparison)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMethod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColorimetric, comparison card\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Red Sea phosphate kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit covers the range most marine and reef tanks actually sit in. If you're running an ultra-low-nutrient reef and need to resolve readings well under 0.1 ppm, Red Sea's Phosphate Pro kit is built for that finer end — most tanks with any visible nuisance algae don't need it yet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine and reef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea markets this kit for marine use — it is not intended for freshwater testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat to do with the result\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rising phosphate reading is your earliest warning of a nutrient problem — well before algae shows up on the glass or rock. Red Sea's guidance pairs phosphate testing with nitrate testing and ties elevated readings to dosing NO3:PO4-X, its biological nitrate and phosphate reducer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReagents are stable up to the date printed on the pack when stored closed between 15°C and 25°C, out of direct sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I test phosphate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeekly is the usual routine on an established reef, and more often if you're actively dosing a phosphate reducer and want to track the trend.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this kit include a calibration solution?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the kit is a reagent-and-comparison-card test, not a calibrated meter, so no separate reference standard is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eMy reading is off the chart — what do I do?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the kit's dilution step: dilute the sample as directed, retest, and multiply the result by the dilution factor to get the true reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill phosphate testing tell me why I have algae?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt tells you whether nutrient level is a likely driver. Algae can also be light- or flow-related, so a normal phosphate reading doesn't rule out every cause — but an elevated one is usually the first thing to fix.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this on a freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea markets this kit for marine use. It is not intended for freshwater testing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774153773347,"sku":"RED296","price":51.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-marine-care-phosphat-46119451459875.webp?v=1790239005"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-dosing-cap-tube-2","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Dosing Cap Tube 2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo spare silicone tubes that let a Red Sea supplement bottle feed a dosing pump.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's 500 ml and 1 L supplement bottles come with a dosing-ready cap (a cap with a pre-drilled hole). This cap tube fits that cap and links to your dosing pump line, so the pump draws straight from the bottle. Red Sea part R22209, two tubes per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDose straight from the bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e: the pump draws directly from the Red Sea supplement bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e, for two bottles or as a spare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea part number: R22209\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack: 2 tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: silicone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: about 25 cm (10 inch) each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for Red Sea 500 ml and 1 L supplement bottles that have the pre-drilled dosing cap. It does not suit bottles with a solid cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774153838883,"sku":"RED297","price":6.4,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-dosing-cap-43876672897315.webp?v=1790239001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-elements-foundation-abc-1kg","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC + 1kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne powder, three elements, in the ratio corals actually consume them.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ blends calcium, carbonate alkalinity and magnesium — plus the potassium, boron, iodine and bromine of Coral Colours A and B — in the same proportions found in coral skeleton. Instead of dosing three or four separate liquids, one measured scoop of powder replaces the routine. This 1 kg tub suits nano to medium reefs with balanced, moderate demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne powder, several elements\u003c\/strong\u003e — calcium, alkalinity and magnesium in coral-consumption ratio, with trace potassium, boron, iodine and bromine included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimpler than dosing separately\u003c\/strong\u003e — one scoop replaces three or four bottles, provided your tank's uptake stays in proportion across elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaily or weekly dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — add directly to flow for daily dosing, or dissolve in a bucket first for a weekly top-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre dosed\u003c\/strong\u003e — see Specifications for the full cost breakdown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 kg tub\u003c\/strong\u003e — the trial-to-medium size; see the 5 kg tub for larger systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContains\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium, carbonate alkalinity, magnesium, plus potassium, boron, iodine and bromine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg tub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 g per 100 L of aquarium water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDosing frequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily or weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef aquariums with balanced elemental uptake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$48.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED301\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$141.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the conservative end of the 1–2 g per 100 L dose range, a 1 kg tub covers roughly 50,000 L of cumulative dosing — a fraction of a cent per litre either way, though the 5 kg tub works out cheaper again per gram for anyone dosing daily on a larger system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need? ABC+ powder vs liquid ABC\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation ABC+ (powder, this product)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation ABC 3-Pack (liquid)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne dose covers all three, in a fixed ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach element dosed separately, to its own test result\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystems where calcium, alkalinity and magnesium deplete roughly in proportion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS-heavy systems where uptake is uneven across elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFormat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder, dissolved or dosed dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid, ready to dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDose daily or weekly depending on your system and coral load. For daily dosing, add the powder directly into an area of good flow. For weekly dosing, dissolve in a bucket of aquarium water first, then add gradually. Use 1–2 g per 100 L as a starting point, and test all three foundation elements weekly — if one drifts out of line with the others, correct it with the individual Foundation A, B or C liquid rather than increasing the ABC+ dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef aquariums with moderate, balanced calcium\/alkalinity\/magnesium demand — mixed reefs and systems without heavy, lopsided SPS growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e systems where one element consistently depletes faster than the others — dosing more ABC+ to correct it will overdose the other two. Use the individual Foundation A, B and C liquids instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the tub sealed between uses — the powder is hygroscopic and will clump if it absorbs moisture from the air. Use the supplied scoop or a dry measuring spoon; a wet scoop introduces moisture into the remaining powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place out of reach of children and pets. Avoid inhaling the fine powder when measuring doses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — tests calcium, alkalinity and magnesium to confirm the elements are tracking together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-reef-foundation-abc-3-pack-250ml-ea\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation ABC 3-Pack (liquid)\u003c\/a\u003e — for correcting an individual element that's drifted out of proportion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-elements-foundation-abc-5kg\"\u003eRed Sea Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ 5kg\u003c\/a\u003e — the bulk size for larger systems or daily dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard consumer guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships standard courier — no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow is ABC+ different from dosing Foundation A, B and C separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eABC+ blends all three in one fixed ratio, so one dose covers all three elements at once. The liquid 3-pack lets you dose and correct each element on its own, which matters if your tank consumes them unevenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long will 1 kg last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the conservative end of the 1–2 g per 100 L range, a 1 kg tub covers roughly 50,000 L of cumulative dosing — several months on a typical home reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I dose daily or weekly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eEither works. Daily dosing keeps levels more stable; weekly dosing (pre-dissolved in a bucket) is simpler to fit into a routine. Test weekly regardless of dosing frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat if my calcium keeps dropping faster than alkalinity and magnesium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDon't increase the ABC+ dose to compensate — that will overdose alkalinity and magnesium. Correct calcium on its own with Foundation A liquid instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs 1 kg or 5 kg better value?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth work out to under 1c per litre dosed. Choose 5 kg only if you're confident you'll use it within its shelf life — the powder is hygroscopic and best used within a reasonable time of opening.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774153871651,"sku":"RED300","price":48.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-e-43876672930083.webp?v=1790239002"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-elements-foundation-abc-5kg","title":"Red Sea Reef Care Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ 5kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe bulk tub for reefs that go through Foundation elements fast.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ blends calcium, carbonate alkalinity and magnesium — plus the potassium, boron, iodine and bromine of Coral Colours A and B — in the same proportions found in coral skeleton, so one measured scoop replaces separate dosing of each element. The 5 kg tub is the economical size for large systems, frag farms, or anyone dosing daily who doesn't want to reorder every few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne powder, several elements\u003c\/strong\u003e — calcium, alkalinity and magnesium in coral-consumption ratio, with trace potassium, boron, iodine and bromine included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for daily dosing at scale\u003c\/strong\u003e — large or heavily-stocked reefs consuming Foundation elements daily get through a 1 kg tub quickly; 5 kg cuts down on reorder frequency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower cost per gram than the 1 kg tub\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 5 kg size is the better per-litre buy for ongoing, high-volume dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaily or weekly dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — add directly to flow for daily dosing, or dissolve in a bucket first for a weekly top-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre dosed\u003c\/strong\u003e — see Specifications for the full cost breakdown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContains\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium, carbonate alkalinity, magnesium, plus potassium, boron, iodine and bromine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg tub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 g per 100 L of aquarium water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDosing frequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily or weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef aquariums with balanced elemental uptake, particularly larger or heavily-stocked systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$48.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED301\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$141.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the conservative end of the 1–2 g per 100 L dose range, the 5 kg tub covers roughly 250,000 L of cumulative dosing. Per gram it's noticeably cheaper than the 1 kg tub — $0.0284\/g against $0.0485\/g — so a system dosing daily works out ahead buying the larger size, provided it's used before the powder is affected by moisture over a long storage period.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need? ABC+ powder vs liquid ABC\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation ABC+ (powder, this product)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoundation ABC 3-Pack (liquid)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne dose covers all three, in a fixed ratio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach element dosed separately, to its own test result\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystems where calcium, alkalinity and magnesium deplete roughly in proportion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSPS-heavy systems where uptake is uneven across elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFormat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder, dissolved or dosed dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid, ready to dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDose daily or weekly depending on your system and coral load. For daily dosing on a larger or heavily-stocked system, add the powder directly into an area of good flow — an auto-doser is worth considering at this pack size. For weekly dosing, dissolve in a bucket of aquarium water first, then add gradually. Use 1–2 g per 100 L as a starting point, and test all three foundation elements weekly; if one element drifts out of line with the others, correct it with the individual Foundation A, B or C liquid rather than increasing the ABC+ dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e larger reef aquariums, frag systems or multi-tank setups with moderate, balanced calcium\/alkalinity\/magnesium demand run on a consistent dosing routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e smaller or newer tanks that won't get through 5 kg before it's affected by long-term storage — the 1 kg tub is the better starting size. Also not suitable where one element consistently depletes faster than the others; dosing more ABC+ to correct it will overdose the other two.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the tub sealed between uses — the powder is hygroscopic and will clump if it absorbs moisture from the air. Decant into smaller sealed containers if you dose from it daily, so the bulk of the tub is opened less often. Use a dry measuring scoop; a wet scoop introduces moisture into the remaining powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place out of reach of children and pets. Avoid inhaling the fine powder when measuring doses, particularly when decanting the full 5 kg tub.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-testing-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Testing Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — tests calcium, alkalinity and magnesium to confirm the elements are tracking together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-reef-foundation-abc-3-pack-250ml-ea\"\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation ABC 3-Pack (liquid)\u003c\/a\u003e — for correcting an individual element that's drifted out of proportion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-elements-foundation-abc-1kg\"\u003eRed Sea Skeletal Elements Foundation ABC+ 1kg\u003c\/a\u003e — the smaller size for nano and newer reefs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's standard consumer guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships standard courier as a single bulk tub — no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the 5 kg tub worth it over buying 1 kg tubs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if you'll use it within a reasonable time — it works out to roughly 41% less per gram than the 1 kg tub. For a smaller or newer system that doses lightly, the 1 kg tub is the more practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does 5 kg last on a large reef?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the conservative end of the 1–2 g per 100 L dose range, 5 kg covers roughly 250,000 L of cumulative dosing — the actual time depends heavily on your tank's coral load and dosing frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use an auto-doser with ABC+ powder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot directly — ABC+ is a powder, not a liquid. Most reefers on daily dosing dissolve a batch in a bucket of RO\/DI water first, then dose that solution through an auto-doser or by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the powder clump in a 5 kg tub over time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can, if moisture gets in. Keep the lid sealed between uses and consider decanting into a smaller sealed container for day-to-day dosing rather than opening the full tub repeatedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat if calcium keeps dropping faster than alkalinity and magnesium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDon't increase the ABC+ dose to compensate — that will overdose alkalinity and magnesium. Correct calcium on its own with Foundation A liquid instead.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774153904419,"sku":"RED301","price":141.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-care-skeletal-e-43876673028387.webp?v=1790239002"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/collections\/RED187_2_f3e7f38b-06bc-473e-b8ff-01f4a95d2b69.png?v=1788252810","url":"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/collections\/red-sea-1.oembed","provider":"Nicks AOT","version":"1.0","type":"link"}